artresearch.com.au

The Scheding Index of Australian Art & Artists

Search or browse the Index to locate biographical information
on Australian artists more details»


Showing 158,397 records of 158,397 total. We are displaying one thousand.

First | Previous | Record 88,051 – 89,050 of 158,397 | Next | Last

Scott Miss Rosdamond listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Sprigg W G listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Stirling Mrs Elizabeth Annie listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Thomson W K 17 oils listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Twycross John listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
van den Houten Mrs 3 oils listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Wallis Mrs Alfred Edwin listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Wilson Charles Vernon listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Woodhouse Frederick Snr listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
A’Beckett Miss Emma Minnie listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.
[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]

Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Ashton G R listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Ashton J R listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Bennett Charles listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Brien Lizzie listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Calvert Samuel listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Campbell Malcolm listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Annand Joseph listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Ashton George listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Bell Miss E listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Bruford Frederick Horatio listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Burtt J W listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Cederberg John Peter listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Dowling Robert listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Felton Alfred listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Fletcher A listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Fuller S Pearce listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Gibson Richard listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Gregory Charles listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Hulme Edward Snr listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Keesing Samuel listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Mather John listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Moore John listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Morant John listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Mouchette Madame listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Oddie James listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Panton J A listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Panton Miss listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Paterson J F listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Price Miss Jane R listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Purves Miss listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Rigby Miss Lucy listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Roberts Tom 4 paintings listed as a Victorian exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Cocks G listed as a NSW exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Collingridge George listed as a NSW exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Collingridge Arthur listed as a NSW exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Hern Charles listed as a NSW exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Piguenit W C listed as a NSW exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Sayer James W listed as a NSW exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Turner & Henderson listed as a NSW exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Vivian Walter H listed as a NSW exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Watson F Fletcher listed as a NSW exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Woodhouse E B listed as a NSW exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Woodhouse H B listed as a NSW exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Ellis & Slater architects listed as a NSW exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Pritchard William architect listed as a NSW exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Smith Robert Burdett architect listed as a NSW exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Sheerin & Hennessy architects listed as a NSW exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Stuart Thomas Peter Anderson architect listed as a NSW exhibitorview full entry
Reference: see Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London 1886.

[From Wikipedia: ’The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886 was a very substantial exhibition held in South Kensington in London, and intended (in the words of the then Prince of Wales) "to stimulate commerce and strengthen the bonds of union now existing in every portion of her Majesty's Empire".[2] The exhibition was opened by Queen Victoria, and when it closed had received 5.5 million visitors.[3]
It was housed in a collection of purpose-built buildings designed in an Indian style.[citation needed]


Exhibits shown included a Māori tomb from New Zealand,[4] a ceremonial sword from the colony of Lagos,[5] a grasshopper swatter from the Straits Settlements,[6] and Albert Bierstadt's painting of the Bahama Islands After A Norther was displayed in the West Indian gallery, and admired by the Prince of Wales[7]
The India artware section was split into different areas representing the different princely states. The Rajputana entrance was a large Jaipur gate constructed of and provided by the then Maharaja of Jaipur.[3] The Gwalior gateway which had been displayed at the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) was loaned by the Victoria and Albert Museum.[8]
Several dozen Indians were imported, reputedly from Agra jail,[9] to serve as living exhibits; they were described as artisans, it appears that they were trained in their crafts as part of the British Empire's long-term project to 'reform the criminal castes'.’]

catalogue online at https://archive.org/stream/cihm_05255#page/95/mode/2up/search/roper
Publishing details: Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886 Official Catalogue. London: William Clowes and Sons. 1886.
Muir Michaelview full entry
Reference: Michael Muir - Chameleon Effect, 8 works, all illustrated, biographical details.
Publishing details: Martin Browne Contemporary, 2018, 16pp
Ref: 1000
Power Harold Septimus 1877-1951view full entry
Reference: See Joels auction 18.3.18, lot 250: Description: Power Harold Septimus 1877-1951
Portrait of a debutant, circa 1941
Oil on canvas
signed lower right
123cm x 97.5cm

PROVENANCE:
Sotheby's, Paintings from the Collection of John Schaeffer, Sydney, 25/08/2003, Lot No. 11. Prior to that purchased from descendants of the artist in the U. K. Exhibited: H. Septimus Power 1878 - 1951 A Retrospective Trevor Bussell Fine Art Gallery Sydney April 1985 cat. 38. Power received his first training as an artist in Melbourne and working with Hans Heysen in Adelaide. He then studied at Julien's Academy in Paris under Jean Paul Laurens who had also taught Rupert Bunny. However it was in England that Power's skills were first widely recognised. Settling in London he was soon in demand as a society portraitist as well as for animal painting and landscape and he exhibited regularly at the Royal Academy. In 1915 he was appointed an Australian Official War Artist on the Western Front whilst George Lambert served in Palestine and Egypt. From 1921 he divided his time between England and Australia until 1940 when he returned permanently to Melbourne. As his student and biographer Max Middleton relates 'He had known some of the more colourful personalities such as Sickert Augustus John Orpen Sargent and Frank Brangwyn who had been at the height of their powers during the years which he spent overseas (The Art of Septimus Power Rigby Adelaide 1974 p. 8). He spoke also of the influence of the great Spanish impressionist Sorolla y Bastida whose bravura style captivated many London artists in the 1920s. These influences are clearly seen in the glamour confident brushwork and striking colour scheme of the present work a portrait of Miss Josie Truscott painter at the Cowes Hotel on Phillip Island Victoria
Maughan Jocelynview full entry
Reference: Jocelyn Maughan - Inspirations - Black Head to Patonga. Manning Rgional Art Gallery exhibition
Publishing details: Manning Rgional Art Gallery, 2018
Ref: 1000
Boyd Arthurview full entry
Reference: in Look Magazine, March-April 2018, essay by Peter Porter on Boyd’s Death of the Unicorn
Publishing details: Art Gallry Society of NSW, March-April 2018
Ryui Kojiview full entry
Reference: in Look Magazine, March-April 2018, essay by Georgina Cole
Publishing details: Art Gallry Society of NSW, March-April 2018
Ref: 224
Streeton Arthurview full entry
Reference: in Look Magazine, March-April 2018, essay by Andrew Yip on Streeton’s war art
Publishing details: Art Gallry Society of NSW, March-April 2018
Pachucka Evaview full entry
Reference: in Look Magazine, March-April 2018, essay by Natalie Wilson
Publishing details: Art Gallry Society of NSW, March-April 2018
Ref: 224
Wolseley Johnview full entry
Reference: in Look Magazine, March-April 2018, essay by Hannah Hutchison
Publishing details: Art Gallry Society of NSW, March-April 2018
Tucker Albertview full entry
Reference: in Look Magazine, March-April 2018, essay by Leanne Santoro
Publishing details: Art Gallry Society of NSW, March-April 2018
Hirschfeld-Mack Ludwigview full entry
Reference: in Look Magazine, March-April 2018, short essay on the artist’s woodcut ‘Desolation’
Publishing details: Art Gallry Society of NSW, March-April 2018
Gard Rosalindview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Book, catalogue March 2018: Melbourne Gothic : the “Bendigonia” sketchbooks of Rosalind Gard, 1901-1902.
An extraordinary group of drawings by a young Melbourne woman, Rosalind Gard, dating to around the time of Federation. Rosalind lived in the Gothic-style mansion Bendigonia, on Queen’s Road, which had been built in 1883 for her father, John Edward Gard (1840-1920), a wealthy mining investor who had made his fortune in Bendigo. She was the youngest, by some years, of 11 children, and grew up in Bendigonia with a small menagerie of dogs and birds. Previously unpublished, her drawings include whimsical caricatures, anthropomorphic animals, devils and demons, and fantastic creatures. Reminiscent of the work of Edward Lear, the atmospheres in the drawings range from cheerful to dark, a number of them being truly disturbing images tinged with violence and repressed sexuality. These were private drawings, and the sketchbooks were probably Rosalind’s secret: the vicious nature of some of the lampoons of family and friends would suggest the drawings were never intended to be shown to others. 
Sketchbook 1. Oblong folio (260 x 360 mm), original cloth boards (stained and marked), upper board calligraphically inscribed by the owner in violet ink ‘Rosalind Gard’; front pastedown inscribed in pencil ‘Rosalind Gard – Her Book / Aurora, Syd. 7/11/01’ and beneath it her permanent address ‘Bendigonia, Queen’s Road, Melbourne’; rear pastedown with label of the Sydney stationers W.C. Penfold & Co; containing [38] full-page watercolour and ink drawings and [1] half-page ink drawing; several drawings with the artist’s captions, some initialled or signed, one dated September 1902; occasional light foxing.
Sketchbook 2. Oblong folio (260 x 360 mm), original cloth boards (matching Sketchbook 1), upper board decorated in red and aqua inks by the owner, with calligraphic inscription ‘Rosalind Gard / Rubbish’; front pastedown with botanical ornament and ‘Rosalind Gard / Bendigonia’ in pencil; containing [13] full-page watercolour and ink drawings; scattered foxing.
One might expect that there would be few if any traces of the life of a Melbourne teenager of the 1890s in published records. Fortunately for us, though, during her adolescent years Rosalind Gard was an enthusiastic correspondent and competition entrant with the Australian Town and Country Journal, a Sydney publication. A considerable amount can be gleaned about her private life and personality from her numerous letters and pieces of creative writing published in that periodical between June 1895, when she had just turned 14, and June 1899, soon after her eighteenth birthday. Here are three of Rosalind’s published letters in their entirety:
From Australian Town and Country Journal, Sydney, Saturday  8 June 1895: ‘Bendigonla, Leopold-street, Melbourne. Dear Dame Durden, I have read so many nice interesting letters in the “Town and Country,” and if you think that this is good, I should very much like to see it in print. I have many pets. They are Roy, Nick, and Jack, my three dogs. Dick is a very tame wedge-tailed eagle. I have also many pigeons, canaries, and different kinds of small birds. I have six brothers and four sisters; but all, excepting one brother, are much older than myself. My brothers have just returned from Gippsland, and as they took a camera with them, they have brought home some beautiful photographs of scenery. I wish Captain Cook [ATCJ staff writer] could see them. He would be delighted. One of them is a photograph of an immense tree, called the messmate tree. It is situated on the summit of Mount Drummer. With love, I remain, your loving friend, Rosalind Gard (aged 14)’.
From Australian Town and Country Journal, Sydney, Saturday 22 February 1896: ‘Bendigonia. St. Kilda-road. Melbourne (Vic.). Dear Dame Durden, I am writing to tell you about my holiday trip. I went to Gippsland and Ballarat, but I will only be able to tell you about my Gippsland trip in this letter. We started in the train on Monday morning at 6 o’clock, and arrived at Sale about 3 in the afternoon. Then we went on board a small steamboat that waited in the Channel. The steamer went down the river for a long time, and it was so lovely to see all the strange birds take flight as we approached them. After passing through Lake Wellington, Lake King, and lastly Lake Victoria (all these lakes are joined by small channels), we landed at the Lake’s Entrance about 9 o’clock that night, and we drove to a hotel. The next day we took the coach to Lake Tyers; some of the scenery we passed was sublime, and filled one with awe. At Tyers we used to spend nearly all the day on the lake, listening to the bell birds’ beautiful notes, and rowing lazily about. One day we explored a jungle, and I found some of the most lovely creepers and ferns that can be imagined; but we could not stay long, because the mosquitoes were something terrible. We went fifteen miles down the winding lake in a steam launch. In some places the scenery was lovely; thickly wooded hills rose almost straight from the lake, and they were reflected in the clear water. My brother shot a black snake. It was four feet long, and as it had an extra pretty skin we brought the skin home. If you can pardon me for writing such a long letter, I would like so much to see it in print. If I may, I will tell you about my other trip and new pets next time I write. With love, I am always yours. Rosalind Gard (aged 14). P.S.-I enclose a four-leaved clover for you, for luck.-R.G.’.
From Australian Town and Country Journal, Sydney, Saturday 10 June 1899: ‘Bendigonia, Queen’s-road, Melbourne. Dear Princess Spinaway, Just a little note to let you know that I received the prize safely. Thank you so much for sending me such a lovely book. It is a very nice addition to my collection. I am so glad I won that competition, as it was the last I could compete for, having now reached the dreaded age of 18; but I hope Dame Durden keeps a warm corner in her heart for “old girls,” and still cares to hear from them if they have anything of interest to tell her about. Now, dear Princess Spinaway, I must say goodbye. From your sincere friend, Rosalind Gard. P.S. Has the Jester ever made the acquaintance of the cow-a-piller, or bull ant, who sends his portrait (which I copied from an original drawing of my brother’s)? (Dame Durden: The “bull ant” drawing is very clever. I am seeing if it can be reproduced for the “Corner” to smile at. If you had dráwn it on Bristol board in Indian ink, there would have been no difficulty.)
Rosalind’s first husband, H.G. Nicholas, died in World War One. His name (as owner, rather than creator) is written on the back of one of the loose drawings in one of Rosalind’s sketchbooks, which indicates that Rosalind kept her sketchbooks even after marriage and that she did share her drawings with her husband, possibly even allowing him to loan one of them to someone at some point. She married her second husband, Keith Melville Balfour, son of the late Dr. G. W. Balfour, of Edinburgh, in London in 1927. The sketchbooks were sourced in the U.K..
Extract from the Victorian Heritage Database Report on Bendigonia:
‘One of the few remaining examples of the substantial private residences that once lined St Kilda and Queen’s Roads, Bendigonia was erected in 1883 for John Edward Gard, one of the more prominent members of the Bendigo mining community. The design of the multi-gabled house, attributed to Wilson & Beswicke, is a relatively late and very unusual example of the bargeboarded Rural Gothic style, exhibiting something of the muscularity of the Modern Gothic. Symmetrical about each of its main elevations, it is distinguished by the three bays on the Queen’s Road facade, the splayed corners of which project increasingly as they rise through the full height of the building. A detached service wing and former stable block at the rear of the house survive in an altered but recognizable form.’
From 1914 until 1970 the mansion served as a private hospital. Initially named The Bendigonian, then St Luke’s, from 1915 it became known as Vimy House. In 1949 Vimy House was purchased by the Melbourne & Metropolitan Tramway Board, who used the building as a hospital for its employees until it was sold in 1970. Bendigonia is today subdivided into private apartment residences.
Note: The original photograph of Bendigonia reproduced here was taken in 1896, and is held in the collection of the State Library of Victoria.

Douglass Elizabeth view full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Book, catalogue March 2018: DOUGLASS, Elizabeth (1825-1902); various photographers
Photograph album of European royalty, compiled by colonial artist Elizabeth Douglass of Corio Villa, Geelong, early 1860s – 1870s.

Mid-nineteenth century Australian photograph album, large quarto (330 x 260 mm), full blind-tooled green morocco with elaborate ornamentation in red and gilt, the upper board with red calf label gilt stamped with the owner’s initials ‘E. D.’, brass clasp incomplete, all edges gilt, front pastedown with the owner’s personal card laid in, printed ‘Mrs. Alfred Douglass, Corio Villa’, and original binder’s ticket of ‘Charlwood & Son, Booksellers and Stationers, Bourke St. E., Melbourne’, silk endpapers, verso of endpaper with coloured lithographed crests of various royal houses, [18] leaves of thick board, with 106 window-mounted (i.e. removable) albumen print photographs, 102 in standard carte de visite format (approximately 103 x 63 mm), and 7 in larger cabinet card format (160 x 110 mm), numerous examples with hand colouring; all of the photographs with Elizabeth Douglass’ handwritten identifying captions, either on the album leaf or inscribed verso of the photograph; towards the rear of the album are a hand coloured cabinet card studio portrait of Elizabeth Douglass by the Melbourne photographers Foster and Martin, taken around 1875; and cabinet card studio portraits by Johnstone O’Shannessy & Co., Melbourne, taken around 1880, of a young man and woman who are presumably her only two children (of seven) to have survived infancy; the photographs are in uniformly good condition throughout, and the leaves virtually free from foxing; a superb example of a mid-Victorian thematic photograph album, with an important Geelong association.
This remarkable collection of photographic portraits of European royalty and other notable figures of the time was compiled during the 1860s and 70s by Elizabeth Douglass, a significant Geelong portrait painter and sketcher. Elizabeth would most likely have acquired the photographs on visits to local booksellers in Geelong or Melbourne. Her husband, Alfred Douglass (1820-1885), was a wealthy and prominent Geelong businessman who made his fortune in the wool industry and later became proprietor of the Geelong Advertiser. Like his wife, Alfred was also an amateur artist. The Douglass’ house, Corio Villa, constructed in 1856, is the oldest and only known surviving prefabricated cast iron house in Australia.
From DAAO:
‘Elizabeth Douglass, miniature painter and sketcher, worked mainly in miniature portraits on ivory, chalk drawings, watercolour, engraving and oil colour. Her work received recognition at the Geelong Mechanics Institute, where she exhibited in the 1850’s and early 1860’s. She is said to have been born in Launceston, Van Diemen’s Land, on 5 July 1825, although she was presumably related to the family of John de Little who arrived at Hobart Town in 1830. After marrying Alfred Douglass in Van Diemen’s Land, she accompanied him to Geelong, Victoria where she lived from 1850 until her death on 25 December 1902. Of her seven children, only two survived infancy. Elizabeth Douglass’s work, which included miniature portraits on ivory, chalk drawings and local watercolour views, was exhibited at the Geelong Mechanics Institute in 1857 and 1869. As well, her arrangement of Skeleton Leaves and Flowers was exhibited there in 1862; her scrapbook (Mitchell Library) contains the certificate of merit she was awarded for this. The book also contains Douglass’s extensive collection of English and European engravings as well as a small number of competent copies, mostly in oil. All are unsigned but are presumably her work. The most striking of these is a watercolour portrait on ivory of Amy Robsart, copied from the engraving by J. Hayter.’
The contents of the album are as follows:
Leaf 1 recto: Queen Victoria’s husband and children: marble bust of Albert, Prince Consort; Albert Edward; Alfred; Arthur; Victoria; Leopold; Beatrice
Leaf 1 verso: Queen Victoria (x2); Prince Consort; photo-montage of Victoria’s family
Leaf 2 recto: Prince and Princess of Wales; Queen Victoria and the Prince and Princess of Wales; Prince of Prussia; Princess of Prussia
Leaf 2 verso: Princess Alice; Prince of Hesse; Prince Christian of Schaumburg-Lippe; Princess Helena of Schleswig-Holstein
Leaf 3 recto: Princess Louise; Prince Arthur; Prince Leopold; Princess Beatrice
Leaf 3 verso: Queen of Prussia; King of Prussia; Crown Prince of Prussia; Princess Royal (Victoria)
Leaf 4 recto: King of Denmark; Queen of Denmark; Empress Marie of Russia; Czar Alexander II
Leaf 4 verso: “Bertie” (Prince of Wales), Alexandra and their daughter
Leaf 5 recto: “Bertie”; Queen Victoria; Prince Alfred
Leaf 5 verso: Alexander III of Russia; Maria Fedorovna, his consort; Queen of Bavaria; King of Bavaria
Leaf 6 recto: Prince Teck; Princess Teck; Duchess of Cambridge; Duke of Cambridge
Leaf 6 verso: Queen of Spain; King Amadeus of Spain; King of Portugal; Queen of Portugal
Leaf 7 recto: King of Belgium; Queen of Belgium; Queen of Naples (Maria Sofia, sister of “Sissi”); King of Naples
Leaf 7 verso: Empress of Austria; Emperor of Austria; King of Greece; Queen of Greece
Leaf 8 recto: King of Saxony; Queen of Saxony; Queen of Sweden; King of Sweden
Leaf 8 verso: Princess Alice and Louis of Hesse; “Bertie”; Princess Alexandra
Leaf 9 recto: Emperor Maximillian of Mexico; Empress Carlota of Mexico; Queen of Holland; King of Holland;
Leaf 9 verso: Cardinal Wiseman; The Pope Pius IX; The Sultan and The Khedive (Ottoman Empire)
Leaf 10 recto: Dhuleep Singh (the Black Prince of Perthshire); King of Persia; ex Queen of Spain; Princess Alexandra and infant
Leaf 10 verso: Duchess d’Aumale; King Louis Philippe; Queen Amelie; Duc d’Aumale
Leaf 11 recto: Comtesse de Paris; Duchesse de Montpensier; Duc de Montpensier; Comte de Paris
Leaf 11 verso: Empress of France; Napoleon III; Emperor & Empress of France with son; Prince Imperial
Leaf 12 recto: Lieutenant Haig; Prince Alfred; Hon. Elliot Yorke; Lord Newry
Leaf 12 verso: Princess Clotilde; Prince Napoleon; Prince de Joinville; Princesse de Jinville
Leaf 13 recto: Prince of Orange; the late King of the Belgians; Crown Princess of Denmark; Crown Prince of Denmark
Leaf 13 verso: Napoleon III
Leaf 14 recto: Empress Eugenie
Leaf 14 verso [blank]
Leaf 15 recto [blank]
Leaf 15 verso: Empress of Brazil; Emperor of Brazil; King of Italy; Duchess of Edinburgh and child
Leaf 16 recto: painting of Frederick the Great at Sanssouci by Menzel
Leaf 16 verso: portrait of Elizabeth Douglass
Leaf 17 recto: engraving of Napoleon
Leaf 17 verso: portraits of Elizabeth Douglass’ children (?)
Leaf 18 recto and verso [blank]
Loose at rear of album: two large format lithographed portraits by Osboldstone, Melbourne, of Boer War heroes Lieut.-Gen. White and Lieut.-Gen. French.
 

Pericles Leonview full entry
Reference: Congregated creatures. Ten etchings by Leon Pericles. [’A charming small format artist’s book by the noted West Australian printmaker, presumed to be created in only a handful of copies, perhaps even unique. In 1992 Pericles would release another artist’s book titled ‘Congregated images’ probably based on this work.’ from Douglas Stewar Fine Books.]
Publishing details: the artist, 1987. Small quarto, gilt-lettereed calf, marbled endpapers, pp. [viii]; 10 etchings printed in colour, each signed, titled and editioned AP by the artist, manuscript title page and text.
Ref: 1000
Arts Council of Australia NSWview full entry
Reference: AUSTRALIA. ARTS COUNCIL (NSW)
The Arts Council of Australia. N.S.W. Division. A five years’ record 1943-47.
Publishing details: [Sydney : Waite & Bull, 1947]. Octavo, original printed wrappers (light stains and foxing), staple bound, pp. 32, photographic illustrations;
Ref: 1000
Fitzgerald Richardview full entry
Reference: see SL magazine of the State Library of NSW, Autumn 2018, p 38-9, article by Keith Vincent Smith on an 1830 Australian Almanack owned by Fitzgerald with 4 drawings by him of Aborigines.
Publishing details: item in SLNSW.
Brown Jocelyn Leeview full entry
Reference: sister of Mitty Lee Brown. Jocelyn had exhibition at Macquarie Galleries in 1947. Lover of photograher Alec Murray.
Brown Mitty Leeview full entry
Reference: From DAAO: Mitty Lee Brown b. 1921
Also known as Juanita Lee Brown
Artist (Painter)
Lee Brown a painter and printmaker, doyenne of the Charm School. Born in San Francisco was runner up in NSW Travelling Art Scholarship, 1944. Left Australia in 1945 to travel extensively around the world. She spent her final years in Sri Lanka. Painter and printmaker, was born in San Francisco (USA), a fifth-generation Australian who came to Sydney as a young child with her parents. She went to school at Ascham in Sydney and at Westonbirt, England. Her mother, Ailsa Lee Brown , was an artist, and Mitty also studied art: at East Sydney Technical College under Frank Medworth and William Dobell in 1944-46. While still a student, she took up residence at Merioola in Woollahra, a boarding house run by Chica Lowe who actively sought tenants with an interest in all fields of artistic expression. In 1944 Mitty Lee Brown was runner-up to Anne Wienholt , another Merioola resident, for the NSW Travelling Art Scholarship. In 1945 three pages of Present Day Art in Australia were devoted to her work; the paintings reproduced included a self-portrait, Sulky Girl .
Mitty Lee Brown left Australia with Wienholt in 1945, travelled extensively and did not return to Sydney until 1962, then but briefly. This inveterate traveller has lived in Paris and near Bordeaux in France, in Rome and, briefly, in Tokyo. She has built a house in Bali near Donald Friend’s longtime residence, lived on a houseboat in Kashmir, India, and renovated a house on the Greek Island of Cos. She has also undertaken two overland journeys from Europe to Australia via Turkey, Afghanistan and India. From 1980 until her death in June 2012, as Mrs Risi, she lived and worked near Trincomalee, Sri Lanka, but maintained regular visits to Australia.
Writers:
Simmons, Paul
Joanna Mendelssohn

Lee-Brown Mittyview full entry
Reference: see Brown Mitty Lee
Rickards Jocelyn view full entry
Reference: The Painted Banquet by Jocelyn Rickards (aka Jocelyn Lee Brown). The book discusses her time at art school in Sydney in the 1940s. Friend of Mitty Lee Brown.
Publishing details: Littlehampton Book Services Ltd, 1987, hc, 184 pp
Ref: 1009
Merioolaview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Banquet by Jocelyn Rickards (aka Jocelyn Lee Brown). The book discusses her time at art school in Sydney in the 1940s. And at Merioola.
Publishing details: Littlehampton Book Services Ltd, 1987, hc, 184 pp
Cust Mrview full entry
Reference: see Sotheby's Australia, March 21, 2018,
Sydney, Australia: Lot 178, Description: § MR CUST
active 1850s
Sandridge Railway Jetty and Pier, Melbourne, Victoria 1858
oil on academy board
signed, dated and inscribed 'Artist / Mr Cust / 1858 / An Original Painting of / Sandridge Railway Jetty and Pier, / Melbourne Victoria' verso
20.7 x 31 cm
Sold $95,000
PROVENANCE
Private Collection, United Kingdom
Private Collection, United Kingdom, acquired from the above

See Hordern House catalogue July, 2018: "Sandridge Railway Jetty and Pier, Melbourne, Victoria 1858".<br />…
CUST, Mr.
Melbourne: 1858.
Oil on academy board, 207 x 310 mm; signed, dated and inscribed on verso 'Artist / Mr Cust / 1858 / An Original Painting of / Sandridge Railway Jetty and Pier, / Melbourne Victoria'.
A Victorian jewel; Port Phillip in the 1850s Gold Rush

A small masterpiece: "Mr." Cust, an elusive artist whose first name is so far unknown, demonstrates with meticulous strokes an ability to conjure a sensation of intimacy and tranquility on the smallest of scale. His work is reminiscent in this respect of some of the paintings of S.T. Gill; like Gill he combines a strong understanding of light and colour with a high degree of natural, artistic talent. This sensitively rendered painting is on academy board, to which Cust has painstakingly applied layer after layer of oil paint.
Like so many others, it is possible that Cust arrived in Victoria as a result of the discovery of gold in 1851. Shipping records note a W. Cust arriving in 1858 from Adelaide, while in 1854 a J. Cust arrived from Launceston. It was during the 1840s, in the early days of La Trobe's appointment as Superintendent of the Port Phillip District, that the first artistic flurry began, continuing into the gold rush decade of the 1850s and La Trobe's governorship from 1851; prior to this period there are notably few visual records of Melbourne. This evocative, newly discovered painting of Melbourne's port, constructed in the former swampland of Sandridge, captures the frenzy of expansion on the seafront. In 1854 the new "Railway Pier", later renamed "Station Pier", was built and sleek clippers and the first steamships, still carrying full sails, clustered in the bay bringing passengers and cargo both into and out of Port Phillip. New piers were constructed to handle the enormous influx of immigrants: Victoria's population exploded between 1851 and 1861 with 584,000 people migrating to Victoria, most by sea.
The new railway line, built in 1852, employed Australia's first steam passenger-train, connecting Port Melbourne to the city proper. The vast extent of commercial activity is captured in this painting; building materials, crates and barrels are being sorted in the foreground under ominous black clouds; ships in full sail and a harbour chockfull with moored vessels are superbly captured by "Mr." Cust -- it is a moment captured in time, painted directly from observation, and giving one of the very few visual accounts of maritime infrastructure and its expansion in the colony brought about by the discovery of gold.
The inscription on the verso identifies "Mr Cust" and notes that the painting was priced "Five guineas framed". It carries the engraved label of Chas. Yorke, cabinet maker of 227 Elizabeth St. Melbourne and in manuscript the name "Stedman", who may perhaps have been an early owner. The Sands & Kenny directory of 1858 lists a Charles E. Stedman as a solicitor at 21 Eldon Chambers, Bank Place, 77, Collins Street West.

less
Provenance: Private Collection, United Kingdom.


Pelchen Bobview full entry
Reference: Bob Pelchen - Watercolours of Australia Calendar 1999 (Bob Pelchen)
Publishing details: Biscay Melbourne 1998 Excellent unmarked condition. Twelve pen and watercolour paintings by Bob Pelchen published in calendar format. Each print measures 12" x 9".
Ref: 1000
Burgoyne Gerald Achilles view full entry
Reference: Gerald Achilles BURGOYNE - Manuscript Journal - Watercolours & Pencil Drawings of Australian Pioneers & Settlers - First Voyage of Renowned British Wine Merchant & Founder of Australia's Wine Trade - RMS Oceana. Journal of pencil sketches and watercolours with an interesting connection to early Australian viticulture, featuring caricature pencil sketches of historical Australian personalities including two premiers of Queensland, a successful businessman, and a convict brought from England, also with nautical watercolour scenes from the voyage, each captioned in manuscript. Made by a notable and artistically inclined passenger identified as G. Burgoyne
Publishing details: Australia, January - March 1893. UNPUBLISHED. With Voyager Books in 2018
Ref: 1000
May Joscelyne view full entry
Reference: Joscelyne May - 224 Original Watercolour Paintings, Rendering Scenes from Travels to Egypt, the West Indies, Australia, Europe and More. Watercolour views from around the world, 1905-1949, made by May Joscelyne who was connected to the family of Jasper Moon of Llanymynech. Each painting on a separate leaf of art paper, oone hundred and ninety-nine of which measure approximately 25 x 17 cm, and twenty-five being slightly smaller at approximately 17 x 12 cm (or in between the two sizes). Several are captioned and dated in manuscript by the artist to verso. Occasional tears to margins, otherwise in very good condition, lovely nostalgic views of the world in watercolour. From the estate sale of wealthy shipper Jasper Moon (1881-1975), of White Rock House, situated in hills half a mile from the village of Llanymynech which straddles the English and Welsh border. Jasper Moon's daughter Ursula (born 1912) married Peter Harry Joscelyne (died 1958), May Joscelyne therefore possibly being his mother or an aunt. Peter's father was Dr. F.P. Joscelyne of Cornwall, England, District Surgeon & Beaufort Estates Medical Officer. Little is known of the female artist May Joscelyne, apart from her connection to the Moon family, and that she died in 2012 at the notable age of 104. In the same year, the White Rock House and estate at Llanymynech was sold, including the present archive of her watercolours. May's art work reveals that she enjoyed the privileged available to the upper class, such as extensive around the world. The highlight of the lot are the paintings made in Egypt and the Sudan in 1923. At least 17 photographs are identified as being from Egypt; there may be more. These includes paintings of the Pyramids and Sphynx of Giza, White Nile scenes, views of Assouan (Aswan), the city of Cairo and its striking mosque minarets, a view of Luxor from the Nile with a felucca in the foreground, and the Red Sea. One image of three small pyramid tombs is captioned "Kassala Desert" which is in the Sudan, possibly depicting the Pyramids at Jebel Barkal in the Sudan. Travelling to the extremities of the African continent, in Morocco she paints the Koutoubia Mosque minaret tower of Marrakesh, in South Africa, Table Mountain, the vast plains and Iron Mountain [Yzerberg] in the Zoutspanberg district of Transavaal, White River, and Hermanus Island off of Cape Town. Seven or more paintings capture Hawaii's splendour back in 1937. Tranquil views include Diamond Head and Waikiki Beach, Cooper Island of the Palmyra Atoll, and Honolulu Harbour. Spectacular beaches of the West Indies are well represented as she memorializes her voyage to Montego Bay in Jamaica, to Haiti, and in Martinique 1935. A rocky coastal view is captioned 'Old Panama.' Vivid colours and tropical flora are accentuated in the exquisite gardens of the Matava Hotel in Fiji, visiting there in 1949. A voyage to Australia and New Zealand was made in 1939, as seen by the artistic views of the coastline between Brisbane and Sydney, and New Zealand's spectacular lakes Lake Rotorua, Wakatipu, and Wanaka (also known as Lake Pembroke). Not far away, May also visited Kuta Beach in Bali, which is depicted in at least two of her works. The farthest voyage made was to America. A soft-hued sunset painting is captioned 'Saint Lawrence River, Quebec.' Continental sojourns took the artist to Ronda and Malaga in Spain, along the coast of Portugal affording an island view off of Cascais, to Sorrento in Italy, to France where she paints the enchanting river valley scenes of Castéra-Bouzet in 1913 as well as the Palais des Papes in Avignon and views of Dieppe, and finally up to the famous North Sea coast of Noordwijk aan Zee in The Netherlands. (The earliest views in the lot are from Europe.) With posh retreats, English gardens and more beaches to explore at home in the UK, we find views of some of the Lochs of Scotland, Kilconquhar Castle in Fife, Wales Dolgelly, Harlech, Newquay, Pembroke, Windermere Lake in Cumbria, Ullswater, and Holywell. Perhaps the most charming European scene is that of a beach lined with carts known as a bathing machines. Bookseller Inventory # 026182
Publishing details: 1905 UNPUBLISHED. With Voyager Books in 2018

Ref: 1000
Wild Heritageview full entry
Reference: A Wild Heritage of Western Australia - Watercolours of Birds, Mammals and Wildflowers by Fremlin Bryony; Bourke, Pat; Marchant, Neville Marchant Dr. [to be indexed]
Publishing details: St. George Books, Australia, 1986
approx 70 pages
Ref: 1000
Western Australian artview full entry
Reference: see A Wild Heritage of Western Australia - Watercolours of Birds, Mammals and Wildflowers by Fremlin Bryony; Bourke, Pat; Marchant, Neville Marchant Dr.
Publishing details: St. George Books, Australia, 1986
approx 70 pages
Browning George view full entry
Reference: George Browning Memorial Retrospective Exhibition, Victorian Artists Society Galleries, 19-29 May, 2001.
Publishing details: VAS, 2001.
Ref: 1000
Wedge John Helder fieldbook with drawingsview full entry
Reference: see Treasures of the State Library of Victoria by Bev Roberts
[’The State Library of Victoria, established as the Melbourne Public Library in 1854, is the custodian of material that records and reflects Victoria’s history and culture. From manuscripts and maps to comics and computer game, the Library’s collections offer unexpected insights into what makes Victoria and Victorians unique. Treasures of the State Library of Victoria, published to celebrate the library’s 150th anniversary in 2004, encourages readers to discover the changing face and nature of life in Victoria since the time of first contact between Aboriginal and European cultures. The lavish publication showcases more than 200 images, sourced from the library’s world-class collections, including those of rarely seen photographs, prints, publications, letters, maps and memorabilia. Every chapter highlights special aspects of the collections and demonstrates their astonishing depth and diversity, covering topics as broad as settlement and separation, the discovery of gold, Ned Kelly, the arts, Melbourne style, sport, natural history and more.’]
Publishing details: Focus Publishing, 2004, 176 Pages
Jackson George view of Portland Bay 1835-6view full entry
Reference: see Treasures of the State Library of Victoria by Bev Roberts
[’The State Library of Victoria, established as the Melbourne Public Library in 1854, is the custodian of material that records and reflects Victoria’s history and culture. From manuscripts and maps to comics and computer game, the Library’s collections offer unexpected insights into what makes Victoria and Victorians unique. Treasures of the State Library of Victoria, published to celebrate the library’s 150th anniversary in 2004, encourages readers to discover the changing face and nature of life in Victoria since the time of first contact between Aboriginal and European cultures. The lavish publication showcases more than 200 images, sourced from the library’s world-class collections, including those of rarely seen photographs, prints, publications, letters, maps and memorabilia. Every chapter highlights special aspects of the collections and demonstrates their astonishing depth and diversity, covering topics as broad as settlement and separation, the discovery of gold, Ned Kelly, the arts, Melbourne style, sport, natural history and more.’]
Publishing details: Focus Publishing, 2004, 176 Pages
Smyth Brough papers with sketchview full entry
Reference: see Treasures of the State Library of Victoria by Bev Roberts
[’The State Library of Victoria, established as the Melbourne Public Library in 1854, is the custodian of material that records and reflects Victoria’s history and culture. From manuscripts and maps to comics and computer game, the Library’s collections offer unexpected insights into what makes Victoria and Victorians unique. Treasures of the State Library of Victoria, published to celebrate the library’s 150th anniversary in 2004, encourages readers to discover the changing face and nature of life in Victoria since the time of first contact between Aboriginal and European cultures. The lavish publication showcases more than 200 images, sourced from the library’s world-class collections, including those of rarely seen photographs, prints, publications, letters, maps and memorabilia. Every chapter highlights special aspects of the collections and demonstrates their astonishing depth and diversity, covering topics as broad as settlement and separation, the discovery of gold, Ned Kelly, the arts, Melbourne style, sport, natural history and more.’]
Publishing details: Focus Publishing, 2004, 176 Pages
Botterill John portrait of la Trobeview full entry
Reference: see Treasures of the State Library of Victoria by Bev Roberts
[’The State Library of Victoria, established as the Melbourne Public Library in 1854, is the custodian of material that records and reflects Victoria’s history and culture. From manuscripts and maps to comics and computer game, the Library’s collections offer unexpected insights into what makes Victoria and Victorians unique. Treasures of the State Library of Victoria, published to celebrate the library’s 150th anniversary in 2004, encourages readers to discover the changing face and nature of life in Victoria since the time of first contact between Aboriginal and European cultures. The lavish publication showcases more than 200 images, sourced from the library’s world-class collections, including those of rarely seen photographs, prints, publications, letters, maps and memorabilia. Every chapter highlights special aspects of the collections and demonstrates their astonishing depth and diversity, covering topics as broad as settlement and separation, the discovery of gold, Ned Kelly, the arts, Melbourne style, sport, natural history and more.’]
Publishing details: Focus Publishing, 2004, 176 Pages
Botterill John view full entry
Reference: from DAAO: John Botterill worked as a professional photographer and oil miniaturist in the mid-19th century in Victoria. In 1853 he was part of the organising committee for the Victorian Fine Arts Society's exhibition to which he contributed eight works.
miniaturist, portrait painter and professional photographer, was born in Britain, son of John Botterill and Mary, née Barker. John junior was working in Melbourne from the early 1850s, advertising in the Argus of 12 April 1853 as a portrait, miniature and animal painter and offering lessons in landscape, fruit and flower painting in oil, watercolour, 'crayon’ or pencil. Examples of his work were displayed at Mr Baker’s Church of England Book Depot, 71 Swanston Street. The Armchair critic stated that his portrait of a little girl was 'pert, pretty and picturesque’ but considered his Greek Girl more English than Grecian. In 1853 Botterill joined the organising committee for the Victorian Fine Arts Society’s exhibition, to which he contributed eight works. These included portraits (one a miniature self-portrait), two figure studies – Greek Girl and Peasant Boy – and a possible narrative subject, Thank you, Sir . He was listed in the catalogue as a miniature painter at Mr Baker’s. His two works shown in the 1856 Victorian Exhibition of Art were Family Portrait , described as a 'large oil painting, representing a group of three little girls and a boy, very artistically treated’, and a 'portrait of a little boy half nude, and engaged in plucking a bunch of grapes’, possibly another appearance of Peasant Boy . Botterill appeared in Melbourne directories from 1862 to 1866 as an artist of Caroline Street, ...
Flourished
• fl. c.1850 - c.1879
Drysdale Anne diary and drawings 1839-53view full entry
Reference: see Treasures of the State Library of Victoria by Bev Roberts
[’The State Library of Victoria, established as the Melbourne Public Library in 1854, is the custodian of material that records and reflects Victoria’s history and culture. From manuscripts and maps to comics and computer game, the Library’s collections offer unexpected insights into what makes Victoria and Victorians unique. Treasures of the State Library of Victoria, published to celebrate the library’s 150th anniversary in 2004, encourages readers to discover the changing face and nature of life in Victoria since the time of first contact between Aboriginal and European cultures. The lavish publication showcases more than 200 images, sourced from the library’s world-class collections, including those of rarely seen photographs, prints, publications, letters, maps and memorabilia. Every chapter highlights special aspects of the collections and demonstrates their astonishing depth and diversity, covering topics as broad as settlement and separation, the discovery of gold, Ned Kelly, the arts, Melbourne style, sport, natural history and more.’]
Publishing details: Focus Publishing, 2004, 176 Pages
Brees S C view of Flemington, Melbourneview full entry
Reference: see Treasures of the State Library of Victoria by Bev Roberts
[’The State Library of Victoria, established as the Melbourne Public Library in 1854, is the custodian of material that records and reflects Victoria’s history and culture. From manuscripts and maps to comics and computer game, the Library’s collections offer unexpected insights into what makes Victoria and Victorians unique. Treasures of the State Library of Victoria, published to celebrate the library’s 150th anniversary in 2004, encourages readers to discover the changing face and nature of life in Victoria since the time of first contact between Aboriginal and European cultures. The lavish publication showcases more than 200 images, sourced from the library’s world-class collections, including those of rarely seen photographs, prints, publications, letters, maps and memorabilia. Every chapter highlights special aspects of the collections and demonstrates their astonishing depth and diversity, covering topics as broad as settlement and separation, the discovery of gold, Ned Kelly, the arts, Melbourne style, sport, natural history and more.’]
Publishing details: Focus Publishing, 2004, 176 Pages
Harnel Julius gold diggings 1853view full entry
Reference: see Treasures of the State Library of Victoria by Bev Roberts
[’The State Library of Victoria, established as the Melbourne Public Library in 1854, is the custodian of material that records and reflects Victoria’s history and culture. From manuscripts and maps to comics and computer game, the Library’s collections offer unexpected insights into what makes Victoria and Victorians unique. Treasures of the State Library of Victoria, published to celebrate the library’s 150th anniversary in 2004, encourages readers to discover the changing face and nature of life in Victoria since the time of first contact between Aboriginal and European cultures. The lavish publication showcases more than 200 images, sourced from the library’s world-class collections, including those of rarely seen photographs, prints, publications, letters, maps and memorabilia. Every chapter highlights special aspects of the collections and demonstrates their astonishing depth and diversity, covering topics as broad as settlement and separation, the discovery of gold, Ned Kelly, the arts, Melbourne style, sport, natural history and more.’]
Publishing details: Focus Publishing, 2004, 176 Pages
Walter Carl portrait photographyview full entry
Reference: see Treasures of the State Library of Victoria by Bev Roberts
[’The State Library of Victoria, established as the Melbourne Public Library in 1854, is the custodian of material that records and reflects Victoria’s history and culture. From manuscripts and maps to comics and computer game, the Library’s collections offer unexpected insights into what makes Victoria and Victorians unique. Treasures of the State Library of Victoria, published to celebrate the library’s 150th anniversary in 2004, encourages readers to discover the changing face and nature of life in Victoria since the time of first contact between Aboriginal and European cultures. The lavish publication showcases more than 200 images, sourced from the library’s world-class collections, including those of rarely seen photographs, prints, publications, letters, maps and memorabilia. Every chapter highlights special aspects of the collections and demonstrates their astonishing depth and diversity, covering topics as broad as settlement and separation, the discovery of gold, Ned Kelly, the arts, Melbourne style, sport, natural history and more.’]
Publishing details: Focus Publishing, 2004, 176 Pages
Short Henry Our Adopted Country 1861view full entry
Reference: see Treasures of the State Library of Victoria by Bev Roberts
[’The State Library of Victoria, established as the Melbourne Public Library in 1854, is the custodian of material that records and reflects Victoria’s history and culture. From manuscripts and maps to comics and computer game, the Library’s collections offer unexpected insights into what makes Victoria and Victorians unique. Treasures of the State Library of Victoria, published to celebrate the library’s 150th anniversary in 2004, encourages readers to discover the changing face and nature of life in Victoria since the time of first contact between Aboriginal and European cultures. The lavish publication showcases more than 200 images, sourced from the library’s world-class collections, including those of rarely seen photographs, prints, publications, letters, maps and memorabilia. Every chapter highlights special aspects of the collections and demonstrates their astonishing depth and diversity, covering topics as broad as settlement and separation, the discovery of gold, Ned Kelly, the arts, Melbourne style, sport, natural history and more.’]
Publishing details: Focus Publishing, 2004, 176 Pages
Norton Charles colonial garden 1859view full entry
Reference: see Treasures of the State Library of Victoria by Bev Roberts
[’The State Library of Victoria, established as the Melbourne Public Library in 1854, is the custodian of material that records and reflects Victoria’s history and culture. From manuscripts and maps to comics and computer game, the Library’s collections offer unexpected insights into what makes Victoria and Victorians unique. Treasures of the State Library of Victoria, published to celebrate the library’s 150th anniversary in 2004, encourages readers to discover the changing face and nature of life in Victoria since the time of first contact between Aboriginal and European cultures. The lavish publication showcases more than 200 images, sourced from the library’s world-class collections, including those of rarely seen photographs, prints, publications, letters, maps and memorabilia. Every chapter highlights special aspects of the collections and demonstrates their astonishing depth and diversity, covering topics as broad as settlement and separation, the discovery of gold, Ned Kelly, the arts, Melbourne style, sport, natural history and more.’]
Publishing details: Focus Publishing, 2004, 176 Pages
Knights Samuel Melbourne Cup winner 1865view full entry
Reference: see Treasures of the State Library of Victoria by Bev Roberts
[’The State Library of Victoria, established as the Melbourne Public Library in 1854, is the custodian of material that records and reflects Victoria’s history and culture. From manuscripts and maps to comics and computer game, the Library’s collections offer unexpected insights into what makes Victoria and Victorians unique. Treasures of the State Library of Victoria, published to celebrate the library’s 150th anniversary in 2004, encourages readers to discover the changing face and nature of life in Victoria since the time of first contact between Aboriginal and European cultures. The lavish publication showcases more than 200 images, sourced from the library’s world-class collections, including those of rarely seen photographs, prints, publications, letters, maps and memorabilia. Every chapter highlights special aspects of the collections and demonstrates their astonishing depth and diversity, covering topics as broad as settlement and separation, the discovery of gold, Ned Kelly, the arts, Melbourne style, sport, natural history and more.’]
Publishing details: Focus Publishing, 2004, 176 Pages
Ku-ring-gai Art Society A History of theview full entry
Reference: A History of the Ku-ring-gai Art Society, 1965 - 2015, by Rowena Monty. Includes Index, list of life members, Presidents and patrons. Artists who have works illustrated in the book are included in the Scheding Index.
[‘For more than 50 years, the Ku-ring-gai Art Society has contributed to the cultural needs of the region, with countless exhibitions, lessons & art prizes to encourage local talent.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Willoughby. Phillip Mathews. 2015. 4to. Or.bds. Dustjacket. 156pp. Profusely illustrated in colour and black & white.
Early Sydney cabinetmakersview full entry
Reference: Early Sydney cabinetmakers, 1804-1870. By John Earnshaw. A Directory with an Introductory Survey. Early colonial residents had no Chippendale or Sheraton to go to for their furniture, so were reliant on the available skills. Between 1804 & 1870, a number of cabinetmakers appeared in
Sydney. [To be indexed]
Publishing details: Syd. Wentworth Books. 1971. Or.cl. d.w. 55pp. b/w plates. 1st ed. ne of 1,000 copies.
Ref: 1000
Six of the best architects of Ku-ring-gaiview full entry
Reference: Six of the best architects of Ku-ring-gai, by Zeny Edwards. Sir John Sulman, Richard George Howard Joseland, Walter Liberty Vernon, Hugh Venables Vernon, Augustus Aley, Leith Cecil McCredie. The lives & works of six architects who chose to live on the North Shore of Sydney in the area known as Ku-ring-gai, & designed houses that reflected their interpretation of the Australian style.
Publishing details: Rosebery. Centatime Pty Ltd. 1998. Col.Ill.wrapps. 141pp. Profusely illustrated in black & white.
Ref: 1000
Sulman Sir John view full entry
Reference: EDWARDS, Zeny. SIX OF THE BEST ARCHITECTS OF KU-RING- GAI. Sir John Sulman, Richard George Howard Joseland, Walter Liberty Vernon, Hugh Venables Vernon, Augustus Aley, Leith Cecil McCredie. The lives & works of six architects who chose to live on the North Shore of Sydney in the area known as Ku-ring-gai, & designed houses that reflected their interpretation of the Australian style.
Publishing details: Rosebery. Centatime Pty Ltd. 1998. Col.Ill.wrapps. 141pp. Profusely illustrated in black & white.
Joseland Richard George Howard view full entry
Reference: EDWARDS, Zeny. SIX OF THE BEST ARCHITECTS OF KU-RING- GAI. Sir John Sulman, Richard George Howard Joseland, Walter Liberty Vernon, Hugh Venables Vernon, Augustus Aley, Leith Cecil McCredie. The lives & works of six architects who chose to live on the North Shore of Sydney in the area known as Ku-ring-gai, & designed houses that reflected their interpretation of the Australian style.
Publishing details: Rosebery. Centatime Pty Ltd. 1998. Col.Ill.wrapps. 141pp. Profusely illustrated in black & white.
Vernon Walter Liberty view full entry
Reference: EDWARDS, Zeny. SIX OF THE BEST ARCHITECTS OF KU-RING- GAI. Sir John Sulman, Richard George Howard Joseland, Walter Liberty Vernon, Hugh Venables Vernon, Augustus Aley, Leith Cecil McCredie. The lives & works of six architects who chose to live on the North Shore of Sydney in the area known as Ku-ring-gai, & designed houses that reflected their interpretation of the Australian style.
Publishing details: Rosebery. Centatime Pty Ltd. 1998. Col.Ill.wrapps. 141pp. Profusely illustrated in black & white.
Vernon Hugh Venablesview full entry
Reference: EDWARDS, Zeny. SIX OF THE BEST ARCHITECTS OF KU-RING- GAI. Sir John Sulman, Richard George Howard Joseland, Walter Liberty Vernon, Hugh Venables Vernon, Augustus Aley, Leith Cecil McCredie. The lives & works of six architects who chose to live on the North Shore of Sydney in the area known as Ku-ring-gai, & designed houses that reflected their interpretation of the Australian style.
Publishing details: Rosebery. Centatime Pty Ltd. 1998. Col.Ill.wrapps. 141pp. Profusely illustrated in black & white.
Aley Augustus view full entry
Reference: EDWARDS, Zeny. SIX OF THE BEST ARCHITECTS OF KU-RING- GAI. Sir John Sulman, Richard George Howard Joseland, Walter Liberty Vernon, Hugh Venables Vernon, Augustus Aley, Leith Cecil McCredie. The lives & works of six architects who chose to live on the North Shore of Sydney in the area known as Ku-ring-gai, & designed houses that reflected their interpretation of the Australian style.
Publishing details: Rosebery. Centatime Pty Ltd. 1998. Col.Ill.wrapps. 141pp. Profusely illustrated in black & white.
McCredie Leith Cecil view full entry
Reference: EDWARDS, Zeny. SIX OF THE BEST ARCHITECTS OF KU-RING- GAI. Sir John Sulman, Richard George Howard Joseland, Walter Liberty Vernon, Hugh Venables Vernon, Augustus Aley, Leith Cecil McCredie. The lives & works of six architects who chose to live on the North Shore of Sydney in the area known as Ku-ring-gai, & designed houses that reflected their interpretation of the Australian style.
Publishing details: Rosebery. Centatime Pty Ltd. 1998. Col.Ill.wrapps. 141pp. Profusely illustrated in black & white.
Young Johnview full entry
Reference: Charm School - Sherman Galleries exhibition catalogue August 1998, essay by Lara Travis, with biographical information.
Publishing details: Sherman Galleries exhibition catalogue August 1998. Filed in John Young - the double ground - Paintings, in Scheding Library.
Young Johnview full entry
Reference: Awful Backlash - Sherman Galleries exhibition catalogue May, 2000., essay by Pamela Kember, with biographical information. Illustrated
Publishing details: Sherman Galleries exhibition catalogue May, 2000. Filed in John Young - the double ground - Paintings in Scheding Library.
Weston Nevilleview full entry
Reference: see PETER FRANCIS auction, Carmarthen,  , UK, lot 149, 21 May, 2018: NEVILLE WESTON, 'East End Market, Adelaide', from 'Requiem for a Market' series, signed and dated, oils on canvas, 91cm x 1.25m. (B.P. 24% incl. VAT) ALSO at same auction house 11 July 2018 there are over 20 additional lots.

CONDITION REPORT:
Scuffs to the frame and marks, but the picture itself basically good, many annotations verso.

AND on 13 March, 2019, the same auctioneer offered: The following 22 lots are from the Estate of Neville Weston (1936-2017) who has works in collections around the world and having been born in Britain and studied in Britain, became well known as an artist in Australia. Full biography on request, the lots form part of the residue of his studio collection. Neville Weston, Italian skyline with sculpture, signed and dated '03, oils on canvas, 76 x 105cm approx, framed. (B.P. 24% incl. VAT)
Levers Williamview full entry
Reference: see ROSEBERYS LONDON, 22 March, 2018, lot 218:
Levers (William) Fifty Years after, 6 albumen prints by Marks & Co. Carlton,[Victoria], original half leather, worn, back cover off, inscribed by the author on publication to an Irish Lever and with a 3pp. note by a later member of the family objecting to the author's comments on Ireland “The parish priest was, as a rule, a cultured gentleman, generally educated abroad and was esteemed and respected by all classes...”, Melbourne, Ford, [1894] [Ferguson 10731]. According to a note in the Mitchel library copy 300 copies were printed for private distribution but the work seems scarcer than this would suggest; we can find no other auction record., UK, 22 March, 2018, lot 218: Levers (William) Fifty Years after, 6 albumen prints by Marks & Co. Carlton,[Victoria], original half leather, worn, back cover off, inscribed by the author on publication to an Irish Lever and with a 3pp. note by a later member of the family objecting to the author's comments on Ireland “The parish priest was, as a rule, a cultured gentleman, generally educated abroad and was esteemed and respected by all classes...”, Melbourne, Ford, [1894] [Ferguson 10731]. According to a note in the Mitchel library copy 300 copies were printed for private distribution but the work seems scarcer than this would suggest; we can find no other auction record.
Colahan Colinview full entry
Reference: see Max Meldrum His Art and Views, edited by Colin Colahan. The introduction is an appreciation of Meldrum and his art by C. Colahan, followed by "The invariable truths of depictive art; illustrated lecture delivered by Max Meldrum, Melbourne, 1917.[Includes [9] p. of advertisements, not included in paging. Issued in standard ed. and limited ed. of 150 copies with half leather binding.]
Publishing details: Melbourne : McCubbin, [1919] 
117 pages : illustrations, portraits. Standard edition
Browning George view full entry
Reference: See Sotheby’s Australia lot 99, 7 April 2018: Description: GEORGE BROWNING
1918-2000
Eureka Stockade 1985-1989
oil on canvas
signed, dated and inscribed ' George Browning / helped by / Joan Browning and / P. Burness, R. Courtney, L. Cox, / C. Downer, R. Fielding, D. Knox, / A. Marshall, E. Millett, N. Millett, / P. Stanley 1985 - 89' lower right
217 x 341.5 cm

PROVENANCE
Private Collection
Christie's Australia, Melbourne, 31 July 2001, lot 122, illustrated
Mr Russell Crowe, Sydney, acquired from the above

EXHIBITED
George Browning Memorial Retrospective Exhibition, Victorian Artists Society Galleries, Melbourne, 19 - 29 May 2001, no. 6
Calvert Herbert Hepburn view full entry
Reference: Herbert Hepburn Calvert (Australian, 1870-1923) see BONINGTONS AUCTIONEERS AND VALUERS 26 March, 2018, lot 160. Bird paintings.

Ellis Mr 1846view full entry
Reference: see Deutscher and Hackett auction 18.4.18, lot 58:
JOSEPH BACKLER
(c.1813 – 1895)
VIEW OF GOULBURN, 1846
oil on canvas
80.0 x 100.0 cm
ESTIMATE: 
$30,000 – 40,000

PROVENANCE
Probably: Hugh Bonython, Adelaide
Private collection, Melbourne
Thence by descent
Private collection, Sydney
EXHIBITED
On loan to the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 1987 (label attached verso, owner: Mr W. Rice)
CATALOGUE TEXT
If the eighteen-year-old Londoner, Joseph Backler, caught and convicted for passing forged cheques, had not had his death sentence commuted to transportation for life, Australian art, especially portraiture, would have been much poorer. A prolific painter, Backler, had to go through further privations, including nine years at Port Macquarie, place of secondary punishment, before receiving his ticket of leave. On the good side were his landscapes of the settlement, including St. Thomas' Church, Port Macquarie (Mitchell Library, State Library of New South Wales, Sydney), as well as marriage to Margaret Magner in that same church in 1842. Back in Sydney, he remained there until we learn from an advertisement in the Sydney Morning Herald of 30 August 1845 that he was in Goulburn offering his services as a portrait painter.1 Contact is given in the name of ‘J. Sinclair’ Goulburn. Today, a portrait of James Sinclair by Backler is also in the collection of the Mitchell Library.

The presence of an artist in Goulburn in 1846 aroused considerable interest. Even more so two, the Sydney Morning Herald reporting on the activities of Backler and a ‘…Mr. Ellis, who has recently come amongst us’.2 Both painted views of Goulburn, that of Backler’s arousing much comment. Believing our painting to be the same, the newspaper reported that his landscape was ‘much admired’; but raised the matter of the railway line to Sydney, much talked about at the time. Mr Backler has:

… given us the benefit of railways by introducing a locomotive with its train, steaming along: but being too much in advance of the times, and the gentleman for whom it was painted wishing a correct representation of the town as it is, the locomotive is to be put hors de combat, which will no doubt give satisfaction to the croskers: it was painted, however, before Mr. Woore’s report appeared, but he and the artist seem both to have been of one mind as to the whereabouts the terminus should be at this end.3

Thomas Woore was a leading pastoralist near Goulburn. When the colonial government refused to have a survey undertaken for the proposed railway, Woore had possible routes investigated at his own expense. The results were reported to a meeting in Sydney in August, much in time with Backler’s painting. The subsequent government wranglings and failure of the venture became part of history, as has the painting. The topographical spread of the town is picturesquely arranged with towering gums to frame the composition, historic Georgian buildings positioned in their best view. The ‘unrivalled’ Goulburn Hotel, opened by Nathan Mandelson in 1846, is prominent in white, two-storied splendour. Mandelson had substantial interests in the same company proposed for the construction of the private railway, meetings being held in the hotel’s ballroom. Prominent among the other buildings is the Anglican Church of St. Saviour, designed by the Sydney architect, James Hume.

Crowned by a square western tower, it was built of red brick in 1840 to a characteristic English design. Replaced in 1874 by the present Gothic-styled cathedral designed by Edmund Blacket, the church’s bricks were reused in the cathedral’s floor. From Goulburn, Backler went forward to other towns, painting landscapes of Bathurst c.1847 and Tenterfield 1861, and many other portraits.4

1. ‘Goulburn’, Sydney Morning Herald, 30 August 1845, p. 1
2. ‘Goulburn. Fine Arts’, Sydney Morning Herald, Sydney, 1 September 1846, p. 2
3. ibid. The French phrase ‘hors de combat’ translates as ‘out of the fight’
4. (View of Bathurst from Victoria Cottage Farm), c.1847, oil on canvas mounted on composition board, 55 x 88.5 cm, in the collection of the Mitchell Library (ML973), State Library of New South Wales, Sydney; (View of Tenterfield), 1861, oil on canvas, 66.5 x 89 cm, private collection

DAVID THOMAS
Pauquet Polydore Jean Charles 1800-1879view full entry
Reference: see Deutscher and Hackett auction 18.4.18, lot 90
POLYDORE JEAN CHARLES PAUQUET
(1800 – 1879, French)
LYRE MAGNIFIQUE, 1835
watercolour on paper
23.5 x 15.0 cm
inscribed with title below image: g n g. P Lyre magnifique ¼
bears inscription above image: 14 / 56
ESTIMATE: 
$8,000 – 12,000

PROVENANCE
Private collection, USA
Private collection, Adelaide
RELATED WORKS
Lyre Magnifique, hand-coloured engraving illus. in Lemaire, C.L., Pauquet, H. and P., Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux Exotiques, Paquet and Debure, Paris, 1836, pl. 56
CATALOGUE TEXT
Hippolyte (1797-1871) and Polydore Pauquet (1800-1879) painted watercolours and engraved plates for the publication Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux Exotiques, published in 8 volumes in royal octavo format in Paris, 1836, containing 80 hand-coloured engravings. This work is a preparatory watercolour for the hand-coloured engraving of the same title [image in reverse].
Seuffert Antonview full entry
Reference: B. Peet, The Seuffert legacy : New Zealand colonial master craftsmen : the craft of Anton Seuffert & his sons William, Albert & Carl,
Publishing details: (2008).
Seuffert Antonview full entry
Reference: see lot 227 on 24 April at
The Pedestal
55 Princes Gate
Exhibition Road
LONDON, SW7 2PG
United Kingdom

Estimate: £4,000 - £6,000
A rare Australian huon pine, casuarina, Australian cedar and specimen wood hexagonal centre table, circa 1880 in manner of Hugentobler and SturmProfusely inlaid with various timbers, the shaped moulded edge top decorated with a central medallion surrounded a wide border of parquetry motifs on an ebony ground, the deep apron decorated with panels of specimen woods above a chequer banding and hexagonal wheels, the tapering central shaft, on a hipped tripartite base surmounted by chequered vase finials, the legs with applied moulded panels, on concealed wooden castors, 115cm wide, 105cm deep, 78cm high.This showpiece demonstration of the marqueter’s skill relates to the sophisticated marquetry and parquetry work on the table by Henry Hugentobler (active 1878-91) and Conrad Sturm (1851-1907) now in the collection of Art Gallery of South Australia, Adelaide (821F1A). The Adelaide Museum table is the most elaborate example of 19th-century South Australian currently identified. The skill of these Australian marqueters is recorded in an image of a parquetry of New South Wales timbers reproduced in R.T. Baker, Cabinet Timbers of Australia, 1913, p.173 which utilises some of the same patterns found on the table offered here. The central European style of marquetry may well have originated with the large number (around two hundred) of German cabinet makers who settled in South Australia, notably by 1891 the population in Adelaide was nearly 10% of German origin. Although working in a British colony, the German emigré community in southern Australia replicated German life and the furniture they produced was influenced by German models. In the 1840s and 1850s cabinet-makers worked in what has become known as the South Australian Biedermeier style. The émigré furniture production ranged from humble domestic pieces to sophisticated exhibition type marquetry. Australian colonies participated in intercolonial and international exhibitions during the second half of the 19th century allowing cabinet-makers the chance to showcase their skills. The Adelaide Museum table was exhibited in both the Sydney (1879) and Melbourne (1880) International Exhibitions. The table was considered to be a demonstration of technical virtuosity and it was claimed that it utilised 30,000 individual pieces of veneer, see Christopher Menz, South Australian Biedermeier: German Furniture Makers in South Australia in the 19th Century, published in the journal of the Furniture History Society, 1992. The marquetry tradition in the Antipodes was bought to prominence in New Zealand and has been well documented through the labelled work of the Bohemian born cabinet-maker Anton Seuffert (1815-1887). Seffeurt settled in Auckland in 1859 and had originally worked with his father in the Vienna firm of Carl Leistler & Sons and oversaw the installation of the firm's exhibits at the Crystal Palace in 1851. By 1862 Seuffert was engaged in making a marquetry secretaire for the 1862 International Exhibition at South Kensington, subsequently gifted to Queen Victoria from the inhabitants of Auckland. See B. Peet, The Seuffert legacy : New Zealand colonial master craftsmen : the craft of Anton Seuffert & his sons William, Albert & Carl, (2008).

Hugentobler Henry (active 1878-91)view full entry
Reference: see lot 227 on 24 April at
The Pedestal
55 Princes Gate
Exhibition Road
LONDON, SW7 2PG
United Kingdom

Estimate: £4,000 - £6,000
A rare Australian huon pine, casuarina, Australian cedar and specimen wood hexagonal centre table, circa 1880 in manner of Hugentobler and SturmProfusely inlaid with various timbers, the shaped moulded edge top decorated with a central medallion surrounded a wide border of parquetry motifs on an ebony ground, the deep apron decorated with panels of specimen woods above a chequer banding and hexagonal wheels, the tapering central shaft, on a hipped tripartite base surmounted by chequered vase finials, the legs with applied moulded panels, on concealed wooden castors, 115cm wide, 105cm deep, 78cm high.This showpiece demonstration of the marqueter’s skill relates to the sophisticated marquetry and parquetry work on the table by Henry Hugentobler (active 1878-91) and Conrad Sturm (1851-1907) now in the collection of Art Gallery of South Australia, Adelaide (821F1A). The Adelaide Museum table is the most elaborate example of 19th-century South Australian currently identified. The skill of these Australian marqueters is recorded in an image of a parquetry of New South Wales timbers reproduced in R.T. Baker, Cabinet Timbers of Australia, 1913, p.173 which utilises some of the same patterns found on the table offered here. The central European style of marquetry may well have originated with the large number (around two hundred) of German cabinet makers who settled in South Australia, notably by 1891 the population in Adelaide was nearly 10% of German origin. Although working in a British colony, the German emigré community in southern Australia replicated German life and the furniture they produced was influenced by German models. In the 1840s and 1850s cabinet-makers worked in what has become known as the South Australian Biedermeier style. The émigré furniture production ranged from humble domestic pieces to sophisticated exhibition type marquetry. Australian colonies participated in intercolonial and international exhibitions during the second half of the 19th century allowing cabinet-makers the chance to showcase their skills. The Adelaide Museum table was exhibited in both the Sydney (1879) and Melbourne (1880) International Exhibitions. The table was considered to be a demonstration of technical virtuosity and it was claimed that it utilised 30,000 individual pieces of veneer, see Christopher Menz, South Australian Biedermeier: German Furniture Makers in South Australia in the 19th Century, published in the journal of the Furniture History Society, 1992. The marquetry tradition in the Antipodes was bought to prominence in New Zealand and has been well documented through the labelled work of the Bohemian born cabinet-maker Anton Seuffert (1815-1887). Seffeurt settled in Auckland in 1859 and had originally worked with his father in the Vienna firm of Carl Leistler & Sons and oversaw the installation of the firm's exhibits at the Crystal Palace in 1851. By 1862 Seuffert was engaged in making a marquetry secretaire for the 1862 International Exhibition at South Kensington, subsequently gifted to Queen Victoria from the inhabitants of Auckland. See B. Peet, The Seuffert legacy : New Zealand colonial master craftsmen : the craft of Anton Seuffert & his sons William, Albert & Carl, (2008).

Sturm Conrad (1851-1907)view full entry
Reference: see lot 227 on 24 April at
The Pedestal
55 Princes Gate
Exhibition Road
LONDON, SW7 2PG
United Kingdom

Estimate: £4,000 - £6,000
A rare Australian huon pine, casuarina, Australian cedar and specimen wood hexagonal centre table, circa 1880 in manner of Hugentobler and SturmProfusely inlaid with various timbers, the shaped moulded edge top decorated with a central medallion surrounded a wide border of parquetry motifs on an ebony ground, the deep apron decorated with panels of specimen woods above a chequer banding and hexagonal wheels, the tapering central shaft, on a hipped tripartite base surmounted by chequered vase finials, the legs with applied moulded panels, on concealed wooden castors, 115cm wide, 105cm deep, 78cm high.This showpiece demonstration of the marqueter’s skill relates to the sophisticated marquetry and parquetry work on the table by Henry Hugentobler (active 1878-91) and Conrad Sturm (1851-1907) now in the collection of Art Gallery of South Australia, Adelaide (821F1A). The Adelaide Museum table is the most elaborate example of 19th-century South Australian currently identified. The skill of these Australian marqueters is recorded in an image of a parquetry of New South Wales timbers reproduced in R.T. Baker, Cabinet Timbers of Australia, 1913, p.173 which utilises some of the same patterns found on the table offered here. The central European style of marquetry may well have originated with the large number (around two hundred) of German cabinet makers who settled in South Australia, notably by 1891 the population in Adelaide was nearly 10% of German origin. Although working in a British colony, the German emigré community in southern Australia replicated German life and the furniture they produced was influenced by German models. In the 1840s and 1850s cabinet-makers worked in what has become known as the South Australian Biedermeier style. The émigré furniture production ranged from humble domestic pieces to sophisticated exhibition type marquetry. Australian colonies participated in intercolonial and international exhibitions during the second half of the 19th century allowing cabinet-makers the chance to showcase their skills. The Adelaide Museum table was exhibited in both the Sydney (1879) and Melbourne (1880) International Exhibitions. The table was considered to be a demonstration of technical virtuosity and it was claimed that it utilised 30,000 individual pieces of veneer, see Christopher Menz, South Australian Biedermeier: German Furniture Makers in South Australia in the 19th Century, published in the journal of the Furniture History Society, 1992. The marquetry tradition in the Antipodes was bought to prominence in New Zealand and has been well documented through the labelled work of the Bohemian born cabinet-maker Anton Seuffert (1815-1887). Seffeurt settled in Auckland in 1859 and had originally worked with his father in the Vienna firm of Carl Leistler & Sons and oversaw the installation of the firm's exhibits at the Crystal Palace in 1851. By 1862 Seuffert was engaged in making a marquetry secretaire for the 1862 International Exhibition at South Kensington, subsequently gifted to Queen Victoria from the inhabitants of Auckland. See B. Peet, The Seuffert legacy : New Zealand colonial master craftsmen : the craft of Anton Seuffert & his sons William, Albert & Carl, (2008).

Moss L Cview full entry
Reference: MOSS L.C., Australian Official War Photographs, medium, WWI issue. 40 in set.
Ref: 1000
Gaze Haroldview full entry
Reference: The simple Jaggajay. The Mite Merry Series. Charming adventures of an imaginary bird, a gum-nut girl and their bush creature friends, in rhyming verse.
Harold Gaze was born in New Zealand and studied at art school in London during the First World War, after which he moved to Melbourne where he wrote and illustrated a number of books for children. He later returned to London, then settled in Pasadena, California in 1927 where he resided until his death. In California he worked with Disney and continued to publish. Many of the details of Gaze’s life have proven elusive to researchers, but his unique and creative children’s stories and imagery remain delightful and sought after today. (From Douglas Stewart Fine Books, 2018)

.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Whitcombe & Tombs, 1919. Quarto, illustrated card wrappers, cloth repair to spine, 30pp (mildly foxed), 3 tipped-in plates (2 colour, one monochrome), b/w line drawings, occasional foxing.
Ref: 1000
Check Josephview full entry
Reference: Archive of photographs of cattle stations, sheep stations and stud farms in the Central West, Liverpool Plains, and Hunter Valley districts of New South Wales, circa 1891.

ype of stock, description of activity, or physical features) and the photographer’s name, ‘J. Check’; the locations are Martindale Station (near Denman, Hunter Valley); Turanville Stud Farm (near Scone, Hunter Valley); Gummin Gummin Station (near Coonabarabran) (x2); Garrawilla Station (near Coonabarabran); Goolhi Station (near Coonabarabran) (x2, both dated 1891); Lue Station (near Mudgee) (x2); Havilah Station (near Mudgee), and Bando Station (near Gunnedah); a few with light foxing, one with offsetting (Bando), and one with small loss at bottom corner and closed edge tear (Turanville); otherwise the photographs are in good condition, all strong prints with good tonal range.
A significant photographic record of New South Wales stations – some famous, some much less well-known – which documents buildings and other infrastructure, workers, the extent of land clearance, and day-to-day activity within the cattle, sheep and equine industries around 1890.
Joseph Check (1856-1936) was a New South Wales photographer and oil painter, active from the 1880s to the 1920s. Although apparently based for at least part of his career in Leichhardt, Sydney (see the inscribed self-portrait held in the collection of the National Library of Australia), the geographical locations of the subjects in most of his surviving work suggest he travelled widely throughout New South Wales and Queensland. The State Library of New South Wales holds an Album of photographs of the New England and Richmond River Districts, ca. 1896-1899; the Historic Houses Trust of New South Wales holds a number of Check’s photographs of the Belltrees estate, Scone; and two oil paintings by Check of Burketown, on the Gulf of Carpentaria (National Library of Australia) and the Beehive Hotel, Cuttabri (State Library of New South Wales) are are also extant.

The images in the present archive of photographs by Check would seem to date from relatively early in his career as a photographer, and all appear to be unrecorded. (From Douglas Stewart Fine Books, 2018)

Ref: 1000
Outhwaite Ida Rentoulview full entry
Reference: DASKEIN, Tarella Quin; OUTHWAITE, Ida Rentoul (illustrator)
Chimney Town

Publishing details: London : A. & C. Black, 1934. Octavo, publisher’s pictorial blue cloth boards, inscription to front endpapers, 238 pp, illustrated throughout with full-page black and white plates, two colour plates, and drawings in the text. Muir 1908.
Ref: 1000
MALTBY, Peg (1899-1984)view full entry
Reference: Ben and Bella.

Publishing details: Melbourne : A Murfett Production, [c.1947]. Quarto, staple bound card wrappers, pp 16, with 8 full page colour illustrations
Ricardo Geoffreyview full entry
Reference: Colour aquatint of a woman - Colour aquatint, 145 x 115 mm, unsigned as issued, printed on a sheet with poems by Miroslav Holub. A proof printing of an etching included in the artists’ book folio Traversare 2.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Centre for the Development of Artist’s Books and Limited Editions, 1993.
Ref: 1000
Orthman Otto Walter Anton view full entry
Reference: see Theodore Bruce Auction, Sydney, April 15, 2018: Lot 27
Otto Walter Anton Orthman
(1899-1966) Germany/Australia
The Beach + Warf-Lumpers (sic) + Lugger on Slip + Industrial + Men must Work c.1930s (5)
Bromoil prints (2), bromide prints (3)
Each signed & titled
23.5 x18 cm,17.5 x 25 cm, 19.5 x 24 cm,19.5 x 24 cm, 23.5 x 28 cm

EXHIBITIONS:
Warf-Lumpers was accepted & hung at the International Exhibition of Photograph Bolton England 1934
1979 Posthumous exhibition of works, Access Gallery, Qld College of Art
Represented: QAGOMA

LITERATURE:
Queensland Pictorialist Photography 1920-1950
https://www.daao.org.au/bio/walter-orthman/biography/

OTHER NOTES:
Member of the Queensland Camera Club from 1929
Member of the Royal Photographic Society of Great Britain
Whiteley Brettview full entry
Reference: Brett Whiteley 'The American Dream' Limited Edition prints

Limited Edition Reproduction of The American Dream by Brett Whiteley 1969. Includes 18 prints each measuring 670mm x 320mm.
Publishing details: special edition fine art reproductions (18 panels)
in folio box - edition limited to 500.
Ref: 1000
Kingston Fairlieview full entry
Reference: Missing Dot (children’s book)
Publishing details: ETT Imprint, 2016
Ref: 1000
Cummings Elisabethview full entry
Reference: Elisabeth Cummings : Landscapes and Interiors / author: Max Dingle ; introduction by John McDonald.


Publishing details: Shoalhaven City Arts Centre (Nowra, N.S.W.) [2014]
Ref: 1000
Dehle Elizabethview full entry
Reference: See Davidson’s Auction: 520. DEHLE, ELISABETH MCLEISH (BORN C1912) (8 paintings)

Sydney Suburban Views. The artist was a student at East Sydney Technical College, & assistant to Rayner Hoff in the mid 1930s.
Oil on Board (8)
50x60cm (largest)
Lot Number: 520
Sale date: 08-Apr-18
$100.00 - $300.00
Parkes Varneyview full entry
Reference: See Davidson’s Auction: lot 193A. PARKES, VARNEY (1859-1935)

Family Gathering at Dolls Point, Sydney, c1890s. Varney Parkes was the son of Sir Henry Parkes. Provenance: private collection, NSW.
Oil on Canvas
75x106cm
Lot Number: 193A
Sale date: 08-Apr-18
$2000.00 - $5000.00
Barker Davidview full entry
Reference: see Davidsons Auctions 9.4.18 BARKER, David (1888-1946)
Lot 212: BARKER, David (1888-1946)

Description: Australian Light Horseman & Orange Vendor, Middle East, c1915-17. David Barker served with the AIF at Gallipoli & Palestine. Many of his works were included in The ANZAC Book, & others reproduced as recruitment posters. Provenance: Barker family collection.
Dimensions: 38x28cm
Artist or Maker: BARKER, David (1888-1946)
Medium: Oil on Canvas on Board
Roxburgh Rachelview full entry
Reference: Rachel Roxburgh, Early Colonial Houses of New South Wales
Publishing details: Ure Smith, Sydney, 1974, 1st edition. dust jacket. 4to., 603 pp
Ref: 1000
Roxburgh Rachelview full entry
Reference: ROXBURGH,, Rachel and Douglass BAGLIN. COLONIAL FARM BUILDINGS OF NEW SOUTH WALES
Publishing details: Adelaide, Rigby Limited, 1978. 4to; pp. 175
Ref: 1000
Architectureview full entry
Reference: see ROXBURGH,, Rachel and Douglass BAGLIN. COLONIAL FARM BUILDINGS OF NEW SOUTH WALES
Publishing details: Adelaide, Rigby Limited, 1978. 4to; pp. 175
Architectureview full entry
Reference: see Rachel Roxburgh, Early Colonial Houses of New South Wales
Publishing details: Ure Smith, Sydney, 1974, 1st edition. dust jacket. 4to., 603 pp
Roxburgh Rachelview full entry
Reference: History of Riversdale, Goulburn / by Rachel Roxburgh

Publishing details: he National Trust of Australia (New South Wales), 1970 
12 p. : ill. ; 22 cm. 
Ref: 1000
architectureview full entry
Reference: see History of Riversdale, Goulburn / by Rachel Roxburgh

Publishing details: he National Trust of Australia (New South Wales), 1970 
12 p. : ill. ; 22 cm. 
Donnelly Eamon view full entry
Reference: THE MILK BARS BOOK BY EAMON DONNELLY.

Leonard Joel are proud to support Eamon Donnelly's nostalgic and colourfully illustrated 400 page coffee table book celebrating an iconic Australian invention, the Milk Bar. 
The book features Donnelly’s photographs of brightly coloured shopfronts, faded facades, hand-painted signage and shelves stacked with milk, newspapers and ice creams. It is the culmination of a 15 year project to document milk bars, delis and corner stores all over Australia. 
Leonard Joel are delighted to announce an official book launch in collaboration with our
December Collectables Auction 2018.
Publishing details: 2018
Ref: 1000
Yoshida Toshi view full entry
Reference: see Jasper52 auction, New York, NY 10013, 18.4.2018, lot 66: Artist: Toshi Yoshida
Title: Plum Tree and Blue Magpie
Publisher: Yoshida Studio
Date: 1951, this later embossed signature edition printed from the original blocks
Medium: Japanese Woodblock print
Size: oban, 16 x 11 inches

Toshi Yoshida was the eldest son of Hiroshi Yoshida the renowned shin hanga master. Under his father's influence, Toshi began to learn painting at age 3 and woodblock printing at age 13. In 1925-29 he studied oil painting at Taiheiyo Art School and in 1929 traveled with his father to India and Southeast Asia making sketches for future prints. In 1936 Toshi journeyed to China and Korea, and in 1952-53 he visited the US and Europe where he exhibited works and lectured about woodblock prints. From the early fifties forward Toshi often traveled to the US, Canada, Mexico, Africa, Australia and Antarctica for sketching, exhibitions and lectures. For a few years after the war, he made prints of abstract subjects, but then reverted to prints of scenery and animals. In 1980, Toshi opened the Miasa Cultural Center in Nagano Prefecture where he taught students from many countries, including Carol Jessen, Karyn Young and Ryusei Okamoto.

Abagatsheer Bill view full entry
Reference: SEE LOT 581, WILLINGHAM AUCTIONS, 21.4.18: A large oil on canvas by Bill Abagatsheer of A Watermill in Australian Landscape. Entitled "Old Mill Bridgewater" framing stamp for Adelaide Australia and shipping ticket on reverse size of painting 100cm x 74cm
Bergner Yoslview full entry
Reference: Yosl Bergner paintings 1963 – 1968
Publishing details: Jerusalem : Bineth Publishers, 1969. Quarto, boards in illustrated dustjacket, in original cardboard carton, numerous colour and black and white plates. The deluxe edition, limited to 200 copies, signed by the artist on the title page, with an original colour lithograph signed by the artist.

Ref: 1000
King Martinview full entry
Reference: Martin King Book of sand (with Douglas Stewart Fine Books, 2018)

Publishing details: [Melbourne : the artist], 1995. Quarto, gilt-lettered green cloth, being a series of sheets of sand paper interlined with blind-impressed pages. Signed and numbered in an edition 1/1. Unique.
Ref: 1000
Fine Ruthview full entry
Reference: BURKE, Clifford
Bone songs

Publishing details: Newark, VT: Janus Press, 1992. Artists’ book. Oblong quarto, unpaginated, illustrations by Ruth Fine. Limited to 150 copies, bound in a non-adhesive binding of paper folds housed within a buckram and hide slipcase. Book & structure by Claire van Vliet, executed with Lidk Wray & Audrey Holden.
Ref: 1000
Durante Tomasso view full entry
Reference: DURANTE, Tomasso and WALLACE-CRABBE, Chris
Skin, surfaces and shadows (presentation copy for Martin King)
Publishing details: Melbourne : Tommaso Durante, 2007. Quarto, bound by George Matoulas in blind embossed white papered boards in blind etched paper dustjacket, unpaginated, text by Chris Wallace-Crabbe, images by Tomasso Durante, limited to 25 copies plus six artist’s proofs signed by artist and poet.
Ref: 1000
Davidson Michaelview full entry
Reference: DAVIDSON, Michael Lindsey
[CONTEMPORARY PHOTOGRAPHY] Interstice : A double exposure project.
Publishing details: [Melbourne] : [Michael Lindsey Davidson], 2012. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, hand stitched binding, [38] pp, including reproductions of Melbourne contemporary artist Davidson’s b/w photographs and a seven page essay on the series by Davidson. Limited to 50 copies, signed by artist.
Ref: 1000
Durack Elizabethview full entry
Reference: DURACK, Elizabeth - Time and tide. The story in pictures of Roebuck Bay N.W. Australia - “The paintings in Time and Tide — The Story in Pictures of Roebuck Bay N.W Australia Elizabeth Durack’s first exhibition, were produced over an eight month period (October 1945—May 1946) when the artist was based in Broome, Western Australia. In some 100 works she created paintings from direct observation, imagination and research that reflect the pearling town’s past and present” – http://www.elizabethdurack.com

Publishing details: Perth : Imperial Print [1946]. Octavo, illustrated wrappers, pp. 18
Ref: 1000
Tucker Albertview full entry
Reference: Dominion Galleries catalogue, illustrated short list of overseas exhibitions, 10 black & white reproductions of Tucker’s works, catalogue of 52 works,
Publishing details: Sydney : Dominion Art Galleries and Australian Galleries, 1965. Octavo, illustrated wrappers, pp. 12,
Ref: 1000
May Philview full entry
Reference: Phil May’s graphic pictures

Publishing details: London : George Routledge and Sons, Limited, [c.1900]. Oblong folio, original cloth backed pictorial papered boards (rubbed, lower board lightly marked, corners bumped), 45 pp, all full-page colour plates of May’s humorous cartoons,
Ref: 1009
Bergner Yosl view full entry
Reference: Yosl Bergner : Paintings of Flowers May-June 1979
Publishing details: Tel Aviv : Bineth Gallery, 1979. Square octavo, illustrated wrappers, signed on title page by Yosl Bergner; text in English and Hebrew, illustrated in colour and black and white; a very good inscribed copy.
Ref: 1000
Crooke Rayview full entry
Reference: Encounters with country : landscapes of Ray Crooke, by Gavin Wilson. Catalogue for a touring exhibition, September, 2005 - November, 2006 (travelling from Cairns Regional Gallery to S. H. Ervin Gallery, Orange Regional Gallery, Broken Hill Regional Gallery).
Publishing details: Cairns Regional Gallery, 2005. Small square quarto, pictorial card covers, 72 pp, illustrated with colour plates throughout.
Day Christopherview full entry
Reference: New Reading Order - New Reading Order is the first major publication on the work of Melbourne based artist Christopher Day. Published by Negative Press, the book presents Day’s unique collage and photographic works alongside Eleven Passages of Ambiguous Associations by Kyla McFarlane.


Publishing details: Melbourne : Negative Press, 2016. Quarto, lettered cloth, photographs, essay by Kyla McFarlane. Edition limited to 500 copies.

Ref: 1000
Backler Joseph 1813 – 1895view full entry
Reference: see Deutscher and Hackett auction, 18 April 2018, lot 58
JOSEPH BACKLER
(c.1813 – 1895)
VIEW OF GOULBURN, 1846
oil on canvas
80.0 x 100.0 cm
ESTIMATE: 
$30,000 – 40,000
request condition report
enquire
share
register to bid at auction
absentee bid
telephone bid
PROVENANCE
Probably: Hugh Bonython, Adelaide
Private collection, Melbourne
Thence by descent
Private collection, Sydney
EXHIBITED
On loan to the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 1987 (label attached verso, owner: Mr W. Rice)
CATALOGUE TEXT
If the eighteen-year-old Londoner, Joseph Backler, caught and convicted for passing forged cheques, had not had his death sentence commuted to transportation for life, Australian art, especially portraiture, would have been much poorer. A prolific painter, Backler, had to go through further privations, including nine years at Port Macquarie, place of secondary punishment, before receiving his ticket of leave. On the good side were his landscapes of the settlement, including St. Thomas' Church, Port Macquarie (Mitchell Library, State Library of New South Wales, Sydney), as well as marriage to Margaret Magner in that same church in 1842. Back in Sydney, he remained there until we learn from an advertisement in the Sydney Morning Herald of 30 August 1845 that he was in Goulburn offering his services as a portrait painter.1 Contact is given in the name of ‘J. Sinclair’ Goulburn. Today, a portrait of James Sinclair by Backler is also in the collection of the Mitchell Library.

The presence of an artist in Goulburn in 1846 aroused considerable interest. Even more so two, the Sydney Morning Herald reporting on the activities of Backler and a ‘…Mr. Ellis, who has recently come amongst us’.2 Both painted views of Goulburn, that of Backler’s arousing much comment. Believing our painting to be the same, the newspaper reported that his landscape was ‘much admired’; but raised the matter of the railway line to Sydney, much talked about at the time. Mr Backler has:

… given us the benefit of railways by introducing a locomotive with its train, steaming along: but being too much in advance of the times, and the gentleman for whom it was painted wishing a correct representation of the town as it is, the locomotive is to be put hors de combat, which will no doubt give satisfaction to the croskers: it was painted, however, before Mr. Woore’s report appeared, but he and the artist seem both to have been of one mind as to the whereabouts the terminus should be at this end.3

Thomas Woore was a leading pastoralist near Goulburn. When the colonial government refused to have a survey undertaken for the proposed railway, Woore had possible routes investigated at his own expense. The results were reported to a meeting in Sydney in August, much in time with Backler’s painting. The subsequent government wranglings and failure of the venture became part of history, as has the painting. The topographical spread of the town is picturesquely arranged with towering gums to frame the composition, historic Georgian buildings positioned in their best view. The ‘unrivalled’ Goulburn Hotel, opened by Nathan Mandelson in 1846, is prominent in white, two-storied splendour. Mandelson had substantial interests in the same company proposed for the construction of the private railway, meetings being held in the hotel’s ballroom. Prominent among the other buildings is the Anglican Church of St. Saviour, designed by the Sydney architect, James Hume.

Crowned by a square western tower, it was built of red brick in 1840 to a characteristic English design. Replaced in 1874 by the present Gothic-styled cathedral designed by Edmund Blacket, the church’s bricks were reused in the cathedral’s floor. From Goulburn, Backler went forward to other towns, painting landscapes of Bathurst c.1847 and Tenterfield 1861, and many other portraits.4

1. ‘Goulburn’, Sydney Morning Herald, 30 August 1845, p. 1
2. ‘Goulburn. Fine Arts’, Sydney Morning Herald, Sydney, 1 September 1846, p. 2
3. ibid. The French phrase ‘hors de combat’ translates as ‘out of the fight’
4. (View of Bathurst from Victoria Cottage Farm), c.1847, oil on canvas mounted on composition board, 55 x 88.5 cm, in the collection of the Mitchell Library (ML973), State Library of New South Wales, Sydney; (View of Tenterfield), 1861, oil on canvas, 66.5 x 89 cm, private collection

DAVID THOMAS

Chevalier Nicholas 1828 – 1902view full entry
Reference: see Deutscher and Hackett auction, 18 April 2018, lot 60
NICHOLAS CHEVALIER
(1828 – 1902, Russian)
PORTRAIT OF MISS WINIFRED HUDSON AS A YOUNG GIRL, SEATED AT A PIANO, HER DOLL NEARBY, 1888
oil on canvas
122.0 x 91.5 cm
signed and dated lower left: Nicholas Chevalier 1888
inscribed on stretcher bar verso: Completed from sketches on my 60th birthday / Painted in Wellington, Auckland and Melbourne. / N. Chevalier / by sea to R.M. Hudson. / Departure port of Melbourne
ESTIMATE: 
$40,000 – 50,000
request condition report
enquire
share
register to bid at auction
absentee bid
telephone bid
PROVENANCE
Commissioned by Ralph M. Hudson
Thence by descent
Major Paul I.C. Payne, United Kingdom
Tennants Auctioneers, Leyburn, United Kingdom, 19 November 2009, lot 1031
Private collection, Melbourne
EXHIBITED
Nicholas Chevalier: Australian Odyssey, Gippsland Art Gallery, Victoria, 17 September – 13
November 2011; Geelong Art Gallery, Victoria, 26 November 2011 – 12 February 2012, cat. 173
(illus. in exhibition catalogue)
CATALOGUE TEXT
Cosmopolitan, exceedingly handsome, an engaging conversationalist, Nicholas Chevalier was a singularly talented person. Brilliant linguist and gifted musician, he was noted for his works in watercolour and oil. In 1864, his large landscape, The Buffalo Ranges, was given the £200 acquisitive prize by the recently founded National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne, thereby becoming the first painting of an Australian subject to enter the Gallery’s collection. Born in St. Petersburg, Russia, Chevalier studied painting in Lausanne and architecture in Munich. Moving to London in 1851, his diversity of interests led to exhibiting at the Royal Academy, illustrating books and designing the setting for the Koh-i-Noor diamond. By 1855, changing family fortunes saw him in Melbourne and then the Bendigo goldfields. Back in Melbourne, he soon became a very popular cartoonist with the newly founded Punch. Marrying Caroline Wilkie, a relation of Sir David Wilkie, they settled in Melbourne, where their home became a centre for the cultivated, gifted and witty.

From designing decorations for the Victorian state visit of the Duke of Edinburgh, to eventually joining the Duke on board H.M.S. Galatea on tour of the Pacific Islands and the East, Chevalier eventually returned to London. Numerous royal commissions flowed from Queen Victoria and other members of the Royal Family, while Chevalier played second violin to the Duke in the Royal Amateur Orchestral Society. Exhibiting at the Paris Salon and the Royal Academy, he continued a particular connection with Australia through his appointment, in 1882, as London advisor to the then named National Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney.

In the Antipodes, Chevalier had travelled extensively in Victoria, Australia and New Zealand, sometimes with scientific expeditions and his leading contemporary Eugene von Guérard. A foundation member of the Victorian Society of Fine Arts, Chevalier numerous landscapes in their annual expeditions, but very few portraits. The year 1860 was most unusual. While it included The Yarra above Yarra Bend and the Burke and Wills history piece, Memorandum of the Start of the Exploring Expedition 1860, now in the M. J. M. Carter Collection, Art Gallery of South Australia, Adelaide, it also featured the equestrian Portrait of Master George Holmes, (son of the owner of the Yarra Bend painting mentioned previously), together with Portrait of the Artist, (gifted years later to the Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney), and Portrait of a Boy.

Commencing with the grant of £200 Chevalier received from the Otago Provincial Council in 1865 to paint the scenic beauties of the area, through sketching, travelling and exhibiting widely, Chevalier maintained a strong connection with New Zealand. He likewise New Zealand subjects at the Royal Academy, London, in the years 1884 to 1886. Finally, he sent three works to the New Zealand and South Sea Exhibition at Dunedin in 1889-90. While speculation surrounds a New Zealand connection with Portrait of Miss Winifred Hudson as a Young Girl, Seated at a Piano, Her Doll Nearby, 1888, it can be observed confidently that Chevalier painted this charming Victorian piece in his sixtieth year. Miss Hudson hatted and dressed in her lace-edged fineries, her favourite doll for company, Chevalier equips the scene with visual delights, contrasting polished wood with Oriental rug, the aspidistra, symbol of Victorian middle class standing, proudly holding up its corner.

DAVID THOMAS
view full entry
Reference: see Deutscher and Hackett auction, 18 April 2018, lot
Underwood Janina (nee Czaykowska), view full entry
Reference: see David Barsby Auction 21 April, 2018, lot 711
Estimate 200.00 - 400.00 AUD
Group - Category Art & Galleries
Lead Janina Victoria Czaykowska (Poland/Australia)
Description (1887-1955), including a portfolio of artistic works, particularly Australian wildflowers, and family photographs; together with 'Kookaburra,' watercolour, with hand written caption verso: 'Painted on velvet by Janina, about 1913,' ( 29cm X 21.5cm approx);' a Portrait of a Woman, watercolour on velvet, with hand written caption verso: 'Painted by Janina on velvet. The subject was a well known Sydney lady who sat for this portrait, about 1919,' (20cm X 15.5cm approx); an early photographic portrait of a Woman. (16cm X 10cm approx); and Janina UNDERWOOD, 'Polish House,' watercolour, hand signed and titled verso by Janina Underwood (nee Czaykowska), Cosmopolitan Gallery, South Yarra, label verso. (19cm X 13cm approx).
Czaykowska Janina view full entry
Reference: see David Barsby Auction 21 April, 2018, lot 711
Estimate 200.00 - 400.00 AUD
Group - Category Art & Galleries
Lead Janina Victoria Czaykowska (Poland/Australia)
Description (1887-1955), including a portfolio of artistic works, particularly Australian wildflowers, and family photographs; together with 'Kookaburra,' watercolour, with hand written caption verso: 'Painted on velvet by Janina, about 1913,' ( 29cm X 21.5cm approx);' a Portrait of a Woman, watercolour on velvet, with hand written caption verso: 'Painted by Janina on velvet. The subject was a well known Sydney lady who sat for this portrait, about 1919,' (20cm X 15.5cm approx); an early photographic portrait of a Woman. (16cm X 10cm approx); and Janina UNDERWOOD, 'Polish House,' watercolour, hand signed and titled verso by Janina Underwood (nee Czaykowska), Cosmopolitan Gallery, South Yarra, label verso. (19cm X 13cm approx).
Colquhoun M Elizabeth 1899-1989view full entry
Reference: see Leonard Joel - ART SALON 19 Apr 2018, Lot 3005

M. ELIZABETH COLQUHOUN (1899-1989), STILL LIFE WITH BUST, OIL ON PAPER ON BOARD, 46 X 38CM
Estimate $ 200-400
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: Tarnanthi : festival of contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander art. Presented by Government of South Australia, Arts SA, Art Gallery of South Australia ; principal partner, BHP Billiton.
Festival program published to accompany the inaugural Tarnanthi festival of contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander art exhibitions, the art fair and other events held across Adelaide City from 8 October 2015.
"Exhibitions, art fair, events, 8-18 October 2015, exhibitions continue until 17 January 2016, Adelaide, South Australia" - cover.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of South Australia, 2015 
37 pages : colour illustrations, colour portraits
Ref: 1000
Bouquet Carolineview full entry
Reference: Australia elements by Caroline Bouquet artist, author. Parallel text in English and French.
Publishing details: MCCM creations, 2016 
102 pages : colour illustrations
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Marking the Infinite : Contemporary Women Artists from Aboriginal Australia, written by Henry F Skerritt. [’This book explores women artists who are at the forefront of the Aboriginal arts movement in Australia. Comprised of a series of illustrated essays, this book brings to life a wide array of artistic practices, each attempting to grapple with the most fundamental questions of existence. Written by leading art historians, anthropologists, curators, and other experts in the field, these essays provide a penetrating look at one of today’s most dynamic artistic movements.
Exhibition at Newcomb Art Museum, Tulane University, New Orleans September 2016 - January 2017
Contributors:
HENRY F. SKERRITT has written extensively on Aboriginal art and culture. TINA BAUM is Curator of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Art at the National Gallery of Australia, Canberra. ANNE MARIE BRODY was the Aboriginal art consultant to the Kerry Stokes Collection. JOHN CARTY is Head and Professor of Anthropology at the South Australian Museum. RACHEL KENT is Chief Curator at the Museum of Contemporary Art, Sydney. HOWARD MORPHY is Distinguished Professor of Anthropology in the Research School of Humanities and the Arts at the Australian National University. HETTI PERKINS is a Curatorial Advisor to Eora Journey, the City of Sydney’s Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander public art program. CARA PINCHBECK is Curator, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander art at the Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney. SARITA QUINLIVAN has written extensively on the art of the Western Desert. ELINA SPILIA is a lawyer and arts writer with a primary research interest in Australian Indigenous art. WILL STUBBS is Director of the Buku-Larrnggay Mulka Centre at Yirrkala in North Eastern Arnhem Land. SUZETTE WEARNE is Assistant Curator at the Ian Potter Museum of Art at the University of Melbourne.
Artists:
Nonggirrnga Marawili, Wintjiya Napaltjarri, Yukultji Napangati, Regina Pilawuk Wilson, Angeline Pwerle, Carlene West, Lena Yarinkura, Gulumbu Yunupingu, Nyapanyapa Yunupingu’]
.
Publishing details: Nevada Museum of Art, 2016, 184pp
Everton Samanthaview full entry
Reference: Indochine, exhibition invite with 1 illustration and brief essay
Publishing details: Arthouse Gallery, 2018
Ref: 1000
Beckhouse Janetview full entry
Reference: Shedding Skin, exhibition invite with 1 illustration and brief essay
Publishing details: Arthouse Gallery, 2018
Ref: 1000
Annear Judyview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, 308 pages.
Photograph in Australia view full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Allport Mortonview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
American & Australasian Photographic Companyview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Anson Brosview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Baily Henry Hallview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Bardwell Williamview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Barnes Henryview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Batchelder & O’Neillview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Bayliss Charlesview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Bean C E Wview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Wilkins Hubertview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Bear Williamview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Beattie J Wview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Beavis Brothersview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Bishop Mervynview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Bisson Brothersview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Blackwood Williamview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Boaks Barcroft Capelview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Bock Alfredview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Bock Thomasview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Boles James Mview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Boston Edwinview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Boston Thomasview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Boyd Adolarius Humphreyview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Browne Frank Styantview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Browne Thomasview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Bull & Rawlingsview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Burgin Henry Williamview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Burke Keastview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Burman Arthur Wview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Burnell Georgeview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Caire Nicholasview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Campbell J Pview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Carlisle Alexanderview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Caves Board of WAview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Cawston Williamview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Cazneaux Haroldview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Chaffer Walterview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Charlier Jean Baptisteview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Chandler and Lomerview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Cherry Georgeview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Chuck Thomas Fosterview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Clifford Samuelview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Cotton Oliveview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Collins Charlesview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Crawford Frazer Smithview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Croft Brothersview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Crowther Thomas Eview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Cunningham Andrewview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Dailey & Foxview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Daintree Richardview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Dalton Edwinview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Davies & Coview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Davis Jview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Dawson Patrickview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Degotardi John Snrview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Degotardi John Jnrview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Dixon John Cowplandview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Docker Ernest Bview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Drinkwater Charles view full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Dupain Maxview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Duryea Townsendview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Duval & Coview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Dwyer J Jview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Fauchery Antoineview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Ferran Anneview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Fitzalanview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Flintoff Thomasview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Foelsche Paul Heinrich Matthiasview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Ford Sueview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Freeman Brothersview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Frith Frederickview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Fry J Wview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
GB Fenovic & Coview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Fenovic GB & Coview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Gill Simrynview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Glaister Thomasview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Glenny Henryview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Goode Bernardview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Goodes Henryview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Goodman Georgeview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Gorus John Tangelderview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Gove & Allenview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Great Northern Photographic & Fine Art Companyview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Gullick William Applegateview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Roach H & Coview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Haigh Edwardview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Hall ‘Professor’ Robertview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Hardie Fredview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Hart Elijahview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Hart Henryview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Harvey & Dundenview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Hatton & Patchingview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Hawkinds ‘Professor’ Jeffreyview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Hetzer Williamview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Hibling Everett Eview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Hilder Jamesview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Holledge Edwardview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
How Louisa Elizabethview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Hurley James Francis (Frank)view full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Illustrations Ltdview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Irby Edwardview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Jenkinson G H (George)view full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Jerrems Carolview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Johnstone O’Shannessy & Coview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Jones Henryview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Kent Miltonview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Kerr John Hunterview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Kerry Charlesview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Kilburn Douglas Thomasview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
King Henryview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Konrad Louisview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Kruger Fredview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Lange L & Sonview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Laing Rosemaryview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Lewis Jonview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Lambert Helenview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Lindell William Jview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Lindt J Wview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Lomer Alberview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
McDonald Archibaldview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
McNaught Rowanview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Manning Jamesview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Manning Jamesview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Marchand Annieview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Marchant Philip Jamesview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Maynard Rickyview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Milligan Joseph-Charles and Thomasview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Moffatt Traceyview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Moore Davidview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Moore S Fview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Morris Alfredview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Morris Moss & Coview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Moser Hermanview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Mountford Charles Pearcyview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Muller Heinrichview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Nagel Edwardview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Nelson Mrs Eview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Nettleton Charlesview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Nevin Thomas Jview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Newland J Wview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Newman John Hubertview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Nicholas Collanview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Nicholas George Hview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Nicol Albertview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Nixon Francis Russellview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Nixon Samuelview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Norton Charlesview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Norton Wykesview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
NSW Governmenr Printerview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Paine Johnview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Parker Williamview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Paterson Brothersview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Perrin Florenceview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Poignant Axelview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Pound Patrickview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Reynolds W Mview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Riley Michaelview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Roarty Jview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Robert W Newman & Coview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Newman Robert W & Coview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Robinson Williamview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
San Francisco Photo Coview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Russell Henry Chamberlain view full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Sargent Williamview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Scott Davidview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Scott Eugene Montaguview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Short James Walterview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Short William b1833-1917view full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Smith Professor Johnview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Smith R Dermerview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Smithies Frederickview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Souter Jview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Spencer Walter Baldwinview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Stacey Robynview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Stephenson Davidview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Stewart Robertview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Stone Alfred Hawesview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Story George Fordyceview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Sweet Captain Samuel Whiteview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Strangman Richard Charlesview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Sydney Photographic Companyview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Talbot Henryview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Talma & Coview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Thwaites Walter Williamview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Tilbrook Henry Hammondview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Tims Edward Georgeview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Toose Henryview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Tronier Augustview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Turner Edwardview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Turner Josephview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Vaniman Melvinview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Schroder W H & Vosperview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
W H Schroder & Vosperview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Wagner Conradview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Walker Jamesview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Walter Charles aka Carlview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Watson Johnview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Wherrett & McGuffieview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
White Jillview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Wilder Joseph Warrinview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Wilkins Hubertview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Wood Williamview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Woolley Charles Aview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Wyatt Thomas J Jview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Yates Johnview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Youdale Josephview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Zahalka Anneview full entry
Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.
Scarvell Jessieview full entry
Reference: see ‘Trust the Women’, S H Ervin Gallery exhibition, April 2018. 4-page list of exhibits, no biographical information. However 14 works are by Scarvell. The National Trust was left many works by the artist’s family
Publishing details: S H Ervin Gallery exhibition, April 2018.
Michell Keithview full entry
Reference: see Ewbank's auction lot 1051,
April 26, 2018, 2:00 PM BST
Woking, United Kingdom: Keith Michell (Australian 1926-2015) 'Chichester Festival Theatre, May 1962'. Watercolour with pen and ink, signed and dated. Inscription verso signed 'Wendy Toye' - an actress and producer who worked at CFT in the early 70's, depicts the theatre in the final stages of construction, Keith Michell appeared in the first season of productions at the new theatre which opened in July 1962. He returned as Artistic Director from 1974-78. Framed and glazed. 35 x 49cm. .
Meijer Lotjeview full entry
Reference: Lotje Meijer : paintings & drawings, introduction by Sandra Warner. [Book of drawings and paintings by Dutch-Australian artist, Lotje Meijer.]
Publishing details: [Sydney, N.S.W.?] : [publisher not identified], 2013,
98 pages : chiefly colour illustrations ;
Ref: 1000
Streeton Arthurview full entry
Reference: Arthur Streeton - The Art of War. Published to coincide with National Gallery of Australia exhibition: ‘Bringing together key works from collections around Australia and overseas, an important survey exhibition of Arthur Streeton’s war art will open at the NGA in December. Streeton’s contribution to the Australian war effort was significant. He served with the Royal Army Medical Corps at the Third London General Hospital in Wandsworth from 1915 to 1917 before leaving for the Western Front as an official war artist in May 1918.

His wartime output includes images of war machinery stranded in the landscape and scenes of operations headquarters, dressing stations and field hospitals. Streeton visited regions in France where the Australian army had been successful against the enemy, including Poulainville, Péronne and Mont St Quentin, overlooking the Somme. The NGA has recently acquired a deftly painted watercolour of this strategically significant area, presented as a gift to Sir John Monash, one of the war’s outstanding commanders.’




[’‘The hardest and finest work I ever performed,’ Arthur Streeton to Charles Bean.

If you think you know the work of Arthur Streeton, his war art will make you think again.

While resident in London in 1915, Streeton joined the Royal Army Medical Corps, working as an orderly at the 3rd London General Hospital, where he came to understand the impact of war. His response to the tumult of the First World War is poignantly encapsulated in the works he produced as an Official War Artist in France from May to November 1918.

As an artist best known for his lyrical landscapes, his depictions of the modern machines of war are unexpected, and yet they make sense. To a large extent, technology was what made the First World War so devastating, and Streeton was there in the last months to observe its impact on the troops, towns, and landscape. His vision of damaged guns, planes, and places serves as a metaphor for the many maimed and shell-shocked servicemen he encountered.’]
Publishing details: NGA, 2018, hc, cloth, in cardboard sleeve,183pp wirh index.
Anzac Treasuresview full entry
Reference: Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.
war artists of Australiaview full entry
Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.
War Memorial artists view full entry
Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.
Gallipoli and artview full entry
Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.
Nolan Sidney Gallipoli p 386-7 view full entry
Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.
Lambert Georgeview full entry
Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.
Burgess Arthurview full entry
Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.
Benson Georgeview full entry
Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.
Crozier Frankview full entry
Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.
Quinn James Peterview full entry
Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.
Coates Georgeview full entry
Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.
Meeson Doraview full entry
Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.
Moore-Jones Horace short essay p101view full entry
Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.
First World War artview full entry
Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.
Bryant Charles short essay p141view full entry
Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.
Silas Ellis essay p172-7view full entry
Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.
Bowles Leslieview full entry
Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.
Corlett Peterview full entry
Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.
Bean Charles drawing and watercolourview full entry
Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.
Wheeler Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.
Anderson Wallace sculptures and mixed medi p299view full entry
Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.
Leist Fredview full entry
Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.
Shaw Kateview full entry
Reference: Kate Shaw - Continuum - Martin Browne Contemporary May 2018. Includes biographical details.
Publishing details: Martin Browne Contemporary May 2018. price list and invite inserted,
Ref: 224
Cooley Peterview full entry
Reference: Environment, Colour, Tone - Martin Browne Contemporary catalogue with colour illustrations, biographical information
Publishing details: Martin Browne Contemporary, 2018, 28pp with price list inserted.
Ref: 224
Cusack Michaelview full entry
Reference: New Works, exhibition catalogue, Martin Brown Contemporary. Biographical details. . Illustrated.
Publishing details: Martin Brown Contemporary, 2018, 20pp, pb. Price list inserted.
Ref: 224
Campbell Margaret E 3 worksview full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
Edwards Mary Cooper Edwardsview full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
Drew Williamview full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
Gaze Haroldview full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
Gilbert May NZview full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
Hall Oswaldview full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
Hassell Kenneth NZview full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
Coyle Ruth Mary NZview full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
Kohlhagen Lisetteview full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
Lloyd Trevor NZview full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
Mansell Byram muralsview full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
McBurnie Ronview full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
Meadows Ronview full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
Mort Eireneview full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
Neville-Smith Hview full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
Nankivell Frankview full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
Payne David NZview full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
Putland Ericview full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
Roxburgh Rachel drawingview full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
Russell C Aview full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
Solomons Bettyview full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
Sutton John Wrenview full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
Swann C H linocut with no biog.view full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
Watson Edward Sview full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
Younghusband Adeleview full entry
Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp
Shaw Kevinview full entry
Reference: Mates. Images Of The Kimberley by Kevin Shaw. Photographs. Stories of the Mananambarra.
Publishing details: Australian Scholarly Publishing, 2003, 119pp
Ref: 1000
Earle Augustusview full entry
Reference: Augustus Earle - Narrative of a Residence in New Zealand and Journal of a Residence in Tristan Da Cunha, edited by E. H. McCormick. List of paintings and drawings. Bibliography. [Originally published London, Longman,1832.]
Publishing details: Oxford at the Clarendon Press., 1966. pp.xii+272(last blank). Colour frontis & 1 colour plate at end. 22 black and white illus at end. Hard cover in dust jacket, With Index.
King Philip Gidleyview full entry
Reference: Philip Gidley King - A Biography of the Third Governor of New South Wales, by Jonathan King & John King,

Publishing details: Methuen Australia, Melbourne, 1981. 166 pp, large octavo, b&w and colour illustrations
King Mrs Philip Gidleyview full entry
Reference: The Governor's lady: Mrs Philip Gidley King; an Australian narrative by Marnie Bassett
Publishing details: Oxford U.P, 1956
132 pages.
Ref: 1000
King Philip Gidleyview full entry
Reference: King of Norfolk Island The Story of Philip Gidley King as Commandant and Lieutenant-Governor of Norfolk Island by Victor Crittenden
Publishing details: Mulini Press 1993 Canberra : Mulini Press, 1993
Ref: 1000
Liibus Vaikeview full entry
Reference: Vaike Liibus - Her Art and Life by Sergio & Vaike Liibus-Lakeman. [’Estonian-born Liibus-Lakeman migrated to Sydney in 1929 and studied at the East Sydney Technical College / National Art School, befriended Joshua Smith, bought Goomerah and painted well known peoples' portraits’]
Publishing details: Vivian Jackson, Sydney 2001 A4, 168pp, colour illusts, fine hardback
Winch Madeleineview full entry
Reference: Come By Chance [Children’s picture book: ’One day Bertha comes upon a tumbledown house on a hill. She sets to work with her hammer and nails, her brush and broom, to make the house a cosy home. Bertha names it "Come by Chance" and settles in alone ... until one night a storm brings a host of animals to her door, looking for shelter, and bringing friendship and song and dance, to make merry the long winter ahead.’]
Publishing details: Angus&Robertson An imprint of HarperCollins PICTURE BLUEGUM, 1993
Not paged, signed by author
Boomalli Ten Theview full entry
Reference: The Boomalli Ten - Presented by Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative. Includes biographies of the ten artists.
Publishing details: Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative, 2018, 16pp
Ref: 224
Riley Michaelview full entry
Reference: The Boomalli Ten - Presented by Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative. Includes biographies of the ten artists.
Publishing details: Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative, 2018, 16pp
Bancroft Belindaview full entry
Reference: The Boomalli Ten - Presented by Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative. Includes biographies of the ten artists.
Publishing details: Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative, 2018, 16pp
Bancroft Bronwynview full entry
Reference: The Boomalli Ten - Presented by Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative. Includes biographies of the ten artists.
Publishing details: Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative, 2018, 16pp
Bostock Euphemiaview full entry
Reference: The Boomalli Ten - Presented by Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative. Includes biographies of the ten artists.
Publishing details: Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative, 2018, 16pp
Meeks Aroneview full entry
Reference: The Boomalli Ten - Presented by Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative. Includes biographies of the ten artists.
Publishing details: Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative, 2018, 16pp
Foley Fionaview full entry
Reference: The Boomalli Ten - Presented by Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative. Includes biographies of the ten artists.
Publishing details: Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative, 2018, 16pp
Croft Belinda Lview full entry
Reference: The Boomalli Ten - Presented by Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative. Includes biographies of the ten artists.
Publishing details: Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative, 2018, 16pp
Samuels Jeffreyview full entry
Reference: The Boomalli Ten - Presented by Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative. Includes biographies of the ten artists.
Publishing details: Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative, 2018, 16pp
Moffatt Traceyview full entry
Reference: The Boomalli Ten - Presented by Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative. Includes biographies of the ten artists.
Publishing details: Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative, 2018, 16pp
Martins Fernview full entry
Reference: The Boomalli Ten - Presented by Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative. Includes biographies of the ten artists.
Publishing details: Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative, 2018, 16pp
Quaill Avrilview full entry
Reference: The Boomalli Ten - Presented by Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative. Includes biographies of the ten artists.
Publishing details: Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative, 2018, 16pp
Sturgeon : Australian art, culture, etcview full entry
Reference: Sturgeon : Australian art, culture, etc [’As much as ‘Sturgeon’ is a conceptual statement — it’s one thing being a big fish, it’s another if you produce caviar — the name given to the magazine bears the imprimatur of founding Artbank Director Graeme Sturgeon (1936-1990).
The Sturgeon editorial team comprises Daniel Mudie Cunningham, Miriam Kelly, Tony Stephens and Peter Lin. The opinions expressed in Sturgeon are those of the respective authors and are not necessarily those of the editors, publisher or the Australian Government.
‘] [All editions to be indexed]
Publishing details: Artbank, 2013- 
volumes : colour illustrations ; 29 cm 
Ref: 1000
French voyages to Australiaview full entry
Reference: see Early French Voyages to Australia 1800 -1981 - Banque Nationale de Paris
Publishing details: Folio size with loose plates in folder, 1981
travel art and Australiaview full entry
Reference: see Early French Voyages to Australia 1800 -1981 - Banque Nationale de Paris
Publishing details: Folio size with loose plates in folder, 1981
Jardine Walterview full entry
Reference: Men of Stamina : the world's greatest men. Frontispiece portrait of Captain James Cook (1728-1779). For children. Illustrated portraits by Walter Jardine.
Publishing details: Stamina Clothing Co., [1952?] 
[84] p. : col. ill.
Ref: 1000
Jardine Walterview full entry
Reference: Australian Men of Stamina. For children. Illustrated portraits by Walter Jardine of Sir Charles Kingsford Smith , Matthew Flinders , Sir Douglas Mawson , Charles Sturt , Herbert Hinkler, etc
Publishing details: Stamina Clothing Co., [1960?] 
[43] p. : col. ill.
Ref: 1000
Feitcher Vicki view full entry
Reference: see Eastbourne Auctions
Finmere Road, Eastbourne,
East Sussex, BN22 8QL
United Kingdom. 11 May 2018 lot 1159: Vicki Feitcher - Pair of Carmen Opera costume designs for the 1974 Australian Carmen Opera, mixed media on card, each with framing labels verso, mounted and framed, each 36cm x 26.5cm

Abercromby Samview full entry
Reference: see lot 490 O'Gallerie auction May 1, 2018, 7:00 PM PST Portland, OR, US: Description: SAM ABERCROMBY (Australia, born 1945) oil on canvas, "Study for Portrait of George Haynes." George Haynes is an Australian artist born in 1938. Signed lower left, dated 1976, signed again and titled verso. Image measures 42" x 48", mounted to stretcher, unframed.
DeLisle Gordon photographer, 1923-2002view full entry
Reference: see obituary, SMH, une 28 2002:

A flamboyant life in the pictures
June 28 2002


Gordon DeLisle, Photographer, 1923-2002
Gordon DeLisle was a flamboyant, gifted and sometimes outrageous photographer and gallery owner. Throughout his life his mischievous spirit conspired with a natural talent and creativity to provoke the establishment.
Born in Melbourne, he was a man - as he liked to say - from the school of hard knocks: self-educated and self-made. His father died when he was 11 and at 13 he left school to help support his mother and sister. At 15 he moved to Sydney and began working as a cadet journalist/photographer on The Daily Telegraph.
When the war began he joined the merchant marine and participated in the evacuation of the Solomon Islands. At 18 he transferred to the RAAF. Stationed in Cairns with an American Catalina squadron, he honed his photographic skills by hanging out of an aircraft taking reconnaissance photographs over the Coral Sea.
After the war he returned to Melbourne, where he met, and married, a strikingly beautiful model, Cynthia Ferguson, who worked for Georges, Melbourne's exclusive department store.
By 1947 he had set up photographic studios in the Exhibition Buildings and was being acclaimed as one of Melbourne's best commercial, industrial and society portrait photographers. When he moved into a floor of the well-known 9 Collins Street at the "Paris end", his glamorous studio and office attracted several generations of Melbourne's social and arts elite, a clientele shared by Melbourne's other top photographer and a friend, Athol Shmith.
The address saw a number of colourful art-world characters, such as Tom Roberts, Albert Tucker and Mirka and Georges Mora, come and go. Now only the facade remains.
The postwar presence in Australia of a handful of top photographers undoubtedly did much to help Australians define their identity, as individuals and as a nation. This was the period when the major newspapers devoted whole sections to their "social" pages, which in effect documented the movers and shakers of the new society.
The building industry developed rapidly after the war, and a new generation of architects gained prominence. Key photographers like DeLisle, who included the Department of Trade and Industry among his clients, were essential to help overcome the entrenched conservatism of the community's taste. They helped make modernism attractive and glamorous.
DeLisle had an artist's eye which he combined with his great love of the Australian landscape and the human form. While the then Victorian premier Henry Bolte's vice squad was raiding his family home, confiscating his life studies as "porn", DeLisle was winning international fame and awards as a photographer of nudes. He became a lifelong opponent of censorship, particularly of the arts.
One of his memorable assignments was in 1958 as still photographer for American director Stanley Kramer on the movie On the Beach. His wonderful, sometimes candid, pictures of Gregory Peck, Fred Astaire and Ava Gardner are a small part of his extraordinary archive.
DeLisle was a regular writer of irate letters to the editor. One of his most notorious, immortalised in Keith Dunstan's book Knockers, was a fierce criticism of the new National Gallery in Melbourne:"The building squats, featureless, like an obscure grey telephone exchange, floating in already scungy moats floored with lolly papers ... like a bleak penitentiary."
He was a fellow of the Royal Society of Arts and of the Royal Photographic Society, and was awarded the Excellence de la Federatione Internationale de l'Art Photographique (Europe's highest award for photography).
Two books of his work were published in 1969 and 1970: Introducing Australia, a pictorial and written guide to the nation, and Of Woman Love and Beauty, a series of nude studies.
In the early '70s he and his wife moved to the Sunshine Coast and established the DeLisle Art Gallery, first at Buderim and from 1974 in Montville. He gave Queensland a taste of bohemian lifestyle, often being seeing around Montville in flamboyant outfits ranging from flowing caftans and Balinese sarongs to NASA jumpsuits and Filipino silk shirts.
The beautiful old house that was the gallery and their home was a mix of old-world charm, complete with croquet lawn, exotic tropical gardens with Balinese statuary and a hot tub beneath a huge frangipani tree, with panoramic views to the ocean.
DeLisle retired in 1991 and remained in Montville, a critic to the last. One of the first sympathy cards the family received after his death was from the local cinema. The staff are going to miss his regular, instant and not always repeatable reviews of the latest films as he left the theatre.
DeLisle died peacefully at home. He is survived by Cynthia, his wife of 54 years, his daughter Jennie, sons Chris and Rodney, eight grandchildren and one great-grandchild. Another son, James, died in 1997.
Publishing details: Sydney Morning Herald,
DeLisle Gordon photographer, 1923-2002view full entry
Reference: Melbourne / text Osmar White ; photographs Gordon De’Lisle
by White, Osmar, 1909-1991

Publishing details: Melbourne : Hill of Content, 1968
Ref: 1000
DeLisle Gordon photographer, 1923-2002view full entry
Reference: Introducing Australia; written, photographed and designed by Gordon De'Lisle [with] additional photography, research and co-ordination by Cynthia De'Lisle
by De Lisle, Gordon

Publishing details: Melbourne, Joey Books [1969]
Ref: 1000
Walker Robert photographerview full entry
Reference: Life at the Cross / text by Kenneth Slessor, photographs by Robert Walker
Publishing details: Rigby, 1965 
120 p. : ill., ports ; 29 cm.
Walker Robert photographerview full entry
Reference: Entertainment arts in Australia / [Editorial: John Allen ; Photographs: Robert Walker]

Publishing details: Sydney : Hamlyn, [1968] 
159 p. :
Ref: 1000
Entertainment arts in Australiaview full entry
Reference: Entertainment arts in Australia / [Editorial: John Allen ; Photographs: Robert Walker]

Publishing details: Sydney : Hamlyn, [1968] 
159 p. :
Walker Robert photographerview full entry
Reference: Salute to Five bells : John Olsen's opera house journal / Photographs by Robert Walker

Format Book
Author Olsen, John, 1928-  
Description
Publishing details: Sydney : Angus & Robertson, 1973 
[60]pages : illustrations(part col.,1 fold.)
Ref: 1000
Olsen Johnview full entry
Reference: see Salute to Five bells : John Olsen's opera house journal / Photographs by Robert Walker

Format Book
Author Olsen, John, 1928-  
Description
Publishing details: Sydney : Angus & Robertson, 1973 
[60]pages : illustrations(part col.,1 fold.)
The Artists Book - Portrait Artists Australiaview full entry
Reference: The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

The artists: Rizwana Ahmad, Coralie Armstrong, Cristina Aura, Bob Baird, Julie Ballis, Elizabeth Barden, Joy Beardmore, Louise Beck, Terry Benson, Bryan Besly, Jacquie Blight, Stephanie Brown, Judy Brownlie, Filippa Buttitta, Miriam Cabello, Marcus Callum, Shirley Cameron-Roberts, Ann Cape, Eva Chant, Peter Ciemitis, Yve Close, Beverley Craig, Leeanne Crisp, Irene Crusca, Beverley Davies, Sinead Davies, Yolanta Desjardins, Susie Devenport, Rodney Edelsten, Helen Frances Edwards, Angelika Erbsland, Vivian Falk, Constance Farquharson, Rosa Fedele, Penelope Gilbert-Ng, Margot Gough, Jacqueline Grantford, Eva Herz-Murray, Regina Hona, Janet Hoyer Cobb, Julie Hutchings, Polly Ifould, Pamela Irving, Dee Jackson, Judith Johnson, Di King, Fiona Knox, Alex Sandor Kolozsy, Jeanette Korduba, Val Landa, Janis Lander, Josefia Lemon, Neil Liddell, Kathrin Longhurst, Christine Lott, Peter H. Marshall, Kerry McInnis, Ann Morton, Nafisa Naomi, Paul Newton, Judith O'Conal-Prinz, Lesley O'Shea, Kevin Oxley, Judy Pennefather, Evert Ploeg, David Rees, Sally Robinson, Robyn Ross, Sally Ryan, Pamela Scherf, Jules Sevelson, Raelene Sharp, Lesley Shelley, Jiawei Shen, Wendy-Jane Sheppard, Peter Smeeth, Kathy Smoker, Greg Somers, Robyn Stanton-Werkhoven, Jodi Stewart, Al Strangeways, Sue Taylor, Avril Thomas, Doffy White, Bronwyn Woodley Graham.


Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Angas George Fifeview full entry
Reference: George Fife Angas, father and founder of South Australia / by Edwin Hodder. [Father of George French Angus]

Publishing details: London : Hodder and Stoughton, 1891 
xii, 440 p., [1] leaf of plates : ill.
Ref: 1000
Angas George Frenchview full entry
Reference: see George Fife Angas, father and founder of South Australia / by Edwin Hodder. [Father of George French Angus]

Publishing details: London : Hodder and Stoughton, 1891 
xii, 440 p., [1] leaf of plates : ill.
Walker Robertview full entry
Reference: obituary by Robert McFarlane in SMH,
March 19, 2007:
Absence of art in homes gave rise to a passion

By any measure the photographer Robert Walker, who died in Surry Hills on Friday, led a remarkable life.
Born a twin in Singleton in 1922 (his sister Nan survives him) Walker once described his childhood as idyllic except for his strict father, John, who often summoned his son on their country property by whistling sharply.
"My father had bred mounts for the Australian Light Horse in the first war and was in fact a horse whisperer. He was more comfortable with horses than me," he confided.
Walker survived childhood polio before travelling to Britain to receive, as his father had before him, an English public school education. At the outbreak of World War II, he enlisted in the RAF. Walker once confided to me the simultaneous loneliness and exhilaration he felt as a 19-year-old flying his Albemarle bomber on clandestine night missions over the North Sea.
Walker's flying career ended abruptly when he was shot down over Italy in 1943. After months of what he remembered as surprisingly considerate Axis medical care for his severe leg injuries, he was repatriated to Britain at war's end.
Photography would not enter his life until he returned to Australia in 1952. Working in advertising, Walker taught himself to use the office Rolleiflex and was immediately entranced.
He once confessed surprise at how few postwar Sydney houses had art on their walls. This provoked him to look at Australian art, especially painting. For the next four decades he consciously documented the renaissance in Australian art. His book, Painters in the Australian Landscape, remains a rare record of this convulsive artistic era.
Walker's photographs of artists (many of whom became friends) are intimate, affectionate and unsentimental. His lens never consciously gilded anyone's lily.
His 1968 portrait of Robert Klippel captures the sculptor's calm, meditative approach to building complex geometric sculptures.
Walker also addressed new Australian drama in the '60s, photographing many plays at Jane Street, the Old Tote Theatre and pioneering Nimrod productions.
A month ago I had an unexpected last chance to appreciate Walker's wry humour. As he could no longer hold a conversation I took to reading items from the Herald I thought would interest him. By chance I read a short article about an unfortunate British pedestrian who, while crossing a road, was struck by a light aircraft. The old bomber pilot's eyes glittered momentarily and he gave just the hint of a smile.
Walker is also survived by his second wife Louise, his first wife Anne and daughters Kate and Sarah.
Publishing details: SMH, March 19, 2007
Spowers Ethel view full entry
Reference: Arrows of longing
Illustrated by Miss Ethel Spowers. Introduction by Bernard O’Dowd.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Alexander McCubbin, 1921. Quarto, gilt-lettered cloth, bookplate to front pastedown, pp. 114, tipped-in colour plates with captioned tissue guards, in the publisher’s box with colour illustration.
Ref: 1000
Rakoss Peterview full entry
Reference: Everything you need to know about the cockatoo by Peter Rakoss.

‘This exquisitely illustrated and supremely witty work appears to be unique. We can trace no other example of it, nor, indeed, of any other work by the talented Peter Rakoss.’ (From Douglas Stewart Fine Books 2018)


Publishing details: [Australia] : Peter Rakoss, n.d. [c1980]. Handmade artist’s book. Square duodecimo, hand stitched black card, pp [44], each page with mounted colour photographs of the artist’s drawings accompanied by typed text labels telling his own whimsical history of the cockatoo; in fine condition.
Ref: 1000
Macleod Euan view full entry
Reference: Surface Tension - The art of Euan MacLeod 1991-2009. Curated by Gavin Wilson. [‘An exhibition catalogue of a selection of works by New Zealand painter Euan Macleod, who is now based in Australia. Macleod presents the human presence in landscapes as a lone, anonymous figure.’]
Publishing details: Murwillumbah. Tweed River Gallery. 2010. Col.Ill.wrapps. 51pp. Profusely illustrated in colour. 1st ed.
Cook E Wakeview full entry
Reference: see ebay listing 7.5.18:
Antique Original Watercolour Painting by English/Australian Artist Ebenezer Wake Cook (1843-1926).
Ebenezer Wake Cook (28 December 1843 – 1926), generally referred to as E. Wake Cook, was a water-colour painter.Cook was born at Maldon, Essex, England and went to Melbourne, Australia in 1852. At 17 years of age Cook became an assistant to Nicholas Chevalier, who instructed him in painting, wood-engraving and lithography. He was one of the original members of the  Victorian Academy of Arts  in 1870. In 1872 Cook studied under Eugene von Guerard at the National Gallery of Victoria. In that year he won the medal for the best water-colour exhibited at the exhibition of the New South Wales Academy of Art. In 1873 Cook went to London, and from 1875 to 1926 was a constant exhibitor at the Royal Academy. Cook for a time was president of the Langham Sketch Club, and an original member and honorary secretary of the Royal British Colonial Society of Artists. Cook died early in 1926. His work was popular with some collectors and dealers, but it was often regarded as pretty when it was meant to be beautiful. 
Western Australian artview full entry
Reference: see North of the 26th; A Collection Of Writings, Paintings, Drawings and Photographs from the Kimberley, Pilbara and Gascoyne Regions. Helen Weller,  – Editor with the assistance from Hamilton, Roy & Harper-Nelson, John .  Photographic and Illustrations.with a foreword by D. H. O'Neil, Deputy Premier and Minister for Regional Administration And the North West, preface by Roy A. Hamilton, Director of the North West,   a collection of poetry, articles, anecdotes and stories (along with illustrations and photographs) celebrating north of Western Australia, above the 26th parallel.a collection of poetry, articles, anecdotes and stories (along with illustrations and photographs) celebrating north of Western Australia, above the 26th parallel.

Publishing details: The Nine Club, Perth, Western Australia, 1979.
First Edition.
Hardcover (Original Cloth).
Fort Sidneyview full entry
Reference: see Ebay listing 7 May 2018: Sidney Fort is well known for his delicate painting of the female form which he very tastefully presents in this watercolour "Naomi". (KER251/1642)
Medium: Framed watercolour under glass.
 
Image size: 24 x 36cm

Frame size: 48 x 58.5cm

Signed: Not signed but sourced directly from Mr Fort's daughter

Condition: This artwork is excellent and the framing is all new.

Sidney Fort (1918-2005)
Sidney had a lifelong love affair with water colours.
He spoke with awe about the luminosity of paper and the radiance of colour. And he believed unashamedly in finding inspiration in the world's cultural and mythic traditions, using this broad range of subjects and techniques to bring his own works to perfection.
From the studio in his Neutral Bay apartment Fort looked onto a bay fringed with trees he planted decades ago. He put the finishing touches to a series based on the epics of ancient Greece, working with the dazzling dexterity and rapidity of an accomplished water colourist who subscribes to the dictum that one's first brush-stroke should have the precision of the last.  Hesitation as not in his vocabulary.  He relied on instinct for harmonising or contrasting colours, applying his swirling paints not only with conviction and fearlessness but also with an economy of brush-strokes.
His subjects emerged bathed in a gentle and pearly sheen or in a spectrum of shades that rivet the viewer with their vibrancy. Generally, the forms are those of women of all ages and stages in life, with eloquent folds and creases. Fort adored his women, this cavalcade of models that enables him to translate flesh into iridescent fireworks that blaze across the paper's white expanse.
Women were always his magnificent obsession. The globes and undulations of their bodies, their hills and valleys, eclipse the beauty of any landscape - each womanly form a veritable world to be worshipped and, inevitably, painted.
He was also drawn to flowers and the essence of what they do rather than what they are. The flowers, foliage and reflections fuse with their background in a series of what he termed "elusive lost and found edges".
Fort was born in Sydney and underwent his initial art training at the Newtown Commercial College and Joe Halloway's Studio. He served in an army survey unit during World War II, after which he resumed his studies with Hal Missingham and Roy Dalgarno at the Studio of Realist Art.
He also studied set design at the New South Wales National Opera School under Robin Lovejoy and painted scenery for the Sydney's Elizabethan and Independent theatres.
Fort joined the Nine Network as senior set designer in 1957. For twenty years his creativity and resource occupied  the television screen across the nation, creating a benchmark with extremely broad canvas and a rewarding audience. Fort also worked as art director on several feature films. It was during this period that, of necessity, he mastered the genre of Trompe I'oeil.  Although he drew inspiration from innovative set designers, he nonetheless admired the austerity of ancient Greek plays which were devoid of theatrical props. The Greeks, he said, exploited the dramatic impact of the environment in which they sited their amphitheatres.  The return to the spontaneity of watercolours was always a joy for him - and the supremacy of art and pursuit of excellence always his main concerns.  In his quest for greater technical expertise and accomplishment, he studied Sumi-e painting with Hoozan Matsumoto. "The traditional brush painting of the Chinese and Japanese and their regard for the use of white paper was of great value to me" he said'.
As much as the artistry of Japan charmed him, he ws also drawn to Europe, especially Greece, exploring the islands, sketching intensively and, on his return, translating his impressions into watercolours. He seemed to internalise elements of the Greek landscape and architecture; classical elements, rites of passage and a sense of ancient mystery have emerged as motifs in his work.
Coleman Marion E Dreweview full entry
Reference: see Witherell’s auction, 17.5.18, lot 65: Framed oil on canvas, "San Miguel Hills" by Marion E. Drewe Coleman (1867-1950) depicting grazing cows on a hillside above a sunny valley. Signed lower right, "Marion Coleman". Handwritten on stretcher bars verso, "San Miguel Hills, No. 1". Dimensions: (canvas) 18"h x 22"w; (framed) 26.5"h x 30"w. Coleman was born in Australia but married in California and was known for her Western landscapes and cowboy paintings.
National Picture Theview full entry
Reference: The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works . (The focus is on works by Benjamin Duterrau but works by numerous other artists are included). Some biographical information on artists contained within the essays. All works illustrated. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.
Duterrau Benjaminview full entry
Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.
Yilpinjiview full entry
Reference: Yilpinji, Love Magic Ceremony, folio of 15 prints edition 6/99. Artists from Balgo Hills, Lajamanu and Yuendumu. Cooee Art copy:

Description: This suite of prints was produced after extensive workshops held in Yuendumu, Lajamanu and Balgo Hills amongst Warlpiri arists who were asked to explore the theme of Love Magic. Many individual artists paint their country and Dreamings but it is unusual for a group of artists to express a common theme such as this.      The prints in this portfolio were selected from a body of 30 works that comprised the exhibition, Yilpinji Love Magic & Ceremony which toured nationally and internationally
Dimensions: 56 x 76 cm each
Artist or Maker: Artists from Balgo Hills, Lajamanu and Yuendumu
Medium: A folio of 15 limited edition prints on paper Edn Nos. 7/99 in a buckram bound box with cover sheet
Date: 2003
Exhibited: Australian Museum NSW, Australia’s Outback Gallery NSW, Darwin Entertainment Centre Gallery NT, Thornquest Gallery Qld, Damien Minton Gallery NSW, Flinders University City Gallery SA, Stephanie Burns Fine Art ACT, Art Mob Tas, Japingka Gallery WA, Fire-Works Gallery Qld Alcheringa Gallery Canada, Rebecca Hossack Gallery UK,Fisketorvet Denmark,The Orangery Sweden, Bruun’s Galleri Aarhus Denmark, Galerie Dad France Australian Embassy, France, Highpoint Centre USA, Kluge Rhue Collection USA
Literature: Folio accompanied by a comprehensive catalogue detailing the artists and the stories associated with each print and cross-referencing the images with the social and cultural issues they raise.
Provenance: Commissioned and Published by the Australian Art Print Network Print Makers: Basil Hall Editions, NT Editions Tremblay, Qld Published by the Australian Art Print Network, NSW
Ref: 1000
Bartlett Violetview full entry
Reference: Violet Bartlett (late 19th/early 20th century Australian) Oil on canvas Kookaburra perched on a branch, signed lower right, 34cm x 24cm, At COTSWOLD AUCTION COMPANY UK 27 May 2018, lot 426. [Notes: Violet Bartlett was a friend of the anthropologist and sketcher Olive Pink. She was part of the vibrant Sydney art scene in the years between the two World Wars. An accomplished artist, her speciality was native birds of Australia, especially Kookaburras, of which the present work is a fine example.]
Brownrigg Maria Caroline 1812-1880view full entry
Reference: see National Portrait Gallery for An Evening at Yarra Cottage 1857
Linden Van der Barbaraview full entry
Reference: see faces of Canberra by Barbara van der Linden. [’"The 'Faces of Canberra ' project is my contribution to the 2013 Canberra Centenary Celebrations. I am painting portraits of the people who make Canberra a unique and interesting place to live. The local Canberra community were also invited to nominate portrait subjects. Most portraits have had an unveiling event. Each event was organised not just to present the paintings but to celebrate each individual portrayed, as well as their life and the contribution they have made to the Canberra community, a sort of mini 'This is your Life'. For example Mal Meninga's portrait was unveiled at a Raiders game, Stasia Dabrowska's unveiling was sponsored by lifeline at the 'Women with Spirit' Awards. On 9 May 2013 all 30 portraits come together in an exhibition at M16 Artspace, 21 Blaxland Cres Griffith, ACT. The exhibition runs from the 9 to 26 May 2013. The exhibition has been funded by the Canberra Centenary Initiatives Fund. Tuggeranong Arts Centre, Lanyon is sponsoring a second showing of the 'Faces of Canberra' exhibition at the Lanyon Homestead from 3 to 29 July 2013. There is an accompanying 'Faces of Canberra' publication of the portraits and the portrait subjects stories as well as a documentary of the progress of the 3 year project."--www.barbart.com.au.
Contents
The project
Project subjects. Barbera van der Linden; Frank Arnold; Brett Bailey; Francesco Calabria; Mark Carmody; Stephen Collins; Stasia Dabrowska; Paul Daley; Annette Ellis; Laura Grande; Stephen Harrison; Tara James; Alan Jessop; Michael Le Grand; Jennifer Kemarre Martinello; Mal Meninga; Sandra Moffat; Nina O'Connell; Coralie Wood & Charles Oliver; Rafe Morris; Jon Stanhope; Sylvie Stern; Iain Stokes; Tim, the yowie man Gotta have friends. Jenny Richards; Juliet Martens; Wendy Atkins; Jo Hein’]
Publishing details: Canberra, Australian Capital Territory] [Barbara van der Linden], [2013]. 56pp

dancing with the moonview full entry
Reference: see Timothy Cook : dancing with the moon / Seva Frangos with contributions by Glenn Iseger-Pilkington, Bruce McLean, Quentin Sprague, Judith Ryan. Frangos, Seva, (author.)



Publishing details: Crawley, Western Australia : UWA Publishing, 2015. 184 pages : colour illustrations, colour portraits, colour maps ;
Aboriginal Artview full entry
Reference: see Timothy Cook : dancing with the moon / Seva Frangos with contributions by Glenn Iseger-Pilkington, Bruce McLean, Quentin Sprague, Judith Ryan. Frangos, Seva, (author.)



Publishing details: Crawley, Western Australia : UWA Publishing, 2015. 184 pages : colour illustrations, colour portraits, colour maps ;
Behind the doorsview full entry
Reference: Behind the doors : an art history from Yuendumu / Philip Jones, with Warlukurlangu Artists. [to be indexed]

Publishing details: Adelaide SA : South Australian Museum in association with Wakefield Press,
211 pages
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal Artview full entry
Reference: see Behind the doors : an art history from Yuendumu / Philip Jones, with Warlukurlangu Artists.

Publishing details: Adelaide SA : South Australian Museum in association with Wakefield Press,
211 pages
Wesfarmers Contemporary Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Luminous world : contemporary art from the Wesfarmers collection. Exhibition 10 April - 29 June 2014, National Library of Australia, Canberra. Exhibition launched at the National Library of Australia by Michael Leunig on 9 April 2014. [’Art of: 50 artists from Australia and New Zealand including: Susan Norrie, Rosemary Laing, Howard Taylor, Dale Frank, Paddy Bedford, Fiona Pardington, Brian Blanchflower, Brook Andrew, Timothy Cook and Nyapanyapa Yunupingu. -- Website.
Notes "A Wesfarmers exhibition in association with the Art Gallery of Western Australia and Fremantle Press".
"Art Gallery of Western Australia, 20 October 2012 - 11 February 2013".
"As the curator of the Wesfarmers Collection and this exhibition, Helen Carroll has commissioned artistic contributions for the accompanying catalogue publication from the artist Bill Henson, the poet John Kinsella and composer Richard Mills"--Website.
Featuring essays and poetry by Bill Henson, Richard Mills and John Kinsella ---Penguin website
Publishing details: Perth, Western Australia : Wesfarmers Limited, 2012,
177 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour). Includes index.
Borland Pollyview full entry
Reference: You.
Publishing details: Melbourne, Australia : Perimeter Editions, [2013] 
©2013 
1 volume (unpaged) : colour illustrations ; Perimeter Editions 004 Edition of 1000.
Ref: 1000
Newman Elizabethview full entry
Reference: Elizabeth Newman : more than what there is / edited by Fayen d'Evie and Elizabeth Newman ; design by Warren Taylor
Bib ID 6291066
Format Book [text, still image, volume]
Description Melbourne : 3-ply, 2013 
185 pages : colour illustrations, photographs and portraits ; 29 cm 
ISBN 9780987355515
Notes Edition of 1000.
Texts by Damiano Bertoli, Kate Briggs, Juan Davila, Michael Graf, Geoff Lowe (with Jacqueline Riva), Elizabeth Newman, Chris Sharp and Eve Sullivan.
Ref: 1000
Hutton F F in Australia 1850-59view full entry
Reference: represented in the NGA
Skipper J M in Australia from 1836view full entry
Reference: represented in the NGA
Jackson Robert in Australia c1870view full entry
Reference: examples of his fern stencils are in the NGA.
Steele Liaview full entry
Reference: Eden, by Lia Steele (portrait photographs) [’“One of the strange things about living in the world is that it is only now and then one is quite sure one is going to live forever and ever and ever.” – Frances Hodgson Burnett, The Secret Garden.
Eden consists of a series of portraits taken throughout Australia. The series originates from an obsessive curiosity into the transitory stage of youth and a human relationship with nature.
In each headshot the subject, (a young person on the cusp of adulthood), is placed unclothed in a naturalistic setting and stares blankly at the camera. With no evidence of the subjects’ context (apart from tattoos or piercings) the images focus on the sincere and almost romantic beauty of the youth. The subjects’ gaze, although neutral, can be viewed as a response to the tension between photographer and subject and also the experience of vulnerability caused by being unclothed.
By referencing the biblical Garden of Eden, and by placing young people in edenic backgrounds, I am depicting youth as a time of purity and innocence, an unspoiled paradise. The images are taken with a protective tenderness and present themselves as an almost personal insight into the subject, however the composition of the photographs and the subjects’ lack of expression, leave the viewer to observe curiously from the outside looking in, and to lament upon the sanctity of human life.’]
Publishing details: Bambra Press, Lia Steele, 2010, 2nd edition, limited to 50 copies, this is number 43.
Prout John Skinnerview full entry
Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.
Bock Thomasview full entry
Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.
Glover Johnview full entry
Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.
Browne Thomas photographerview full entry
Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.
Frankland George after (panels)view full entry
Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.
Robinson George Augustus drawingsview full entry
Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.
Laing Henry Cape Barren Island 1831view full entry
Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.
de Wesselow Francis Simpkinsonview full entry
Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.
Maynard Rickyview full entry
Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.
Gough Julieview full entry
Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.
Napier Thomasview full entry
Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.
Legalleview full entry
Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.
Gould W Bview full entry
Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.
Law Benjaminview full entry
Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.
Gauci M lithographer of Bock’s portraitsview full entry
Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.
Merrett Charles p127 199view full entry
Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.
Neill Robertview full entry
Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.
Stanley Charlesview full entry
Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.
Mace Violet ceramicstview full entry
Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.
Parr Geoffview full entry
Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.
Bennett Gordonview full entry
Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.
Gilson Marleneview full entry
Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.
Indigenous expressionsview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Williams Kevinview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Thorne Chrisview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Atkinson Cliveview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Egan Barbaraview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Appo Candy Lynetteview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Baxter Jeanview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Egan Calindaview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Egan Oswaldview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Hunt Tinaview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Kirby Sharonview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Taylor Russellview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Jones Rayleenview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Andrews Veronica Jview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Kirby Leanneview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Hayes Glendaview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Sumner Ritaview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Branson Pamelaview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Douglas Georginaview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Bromage Anthonyview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Mathews Peterview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


May Lisaview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Clarke Debbieview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Clarke Fionaview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Couzens Vickiview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Edwards Byronview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Proctor Trevorview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Couzens Gavin Cview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Murphy Michaelview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Tabulkview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


McKinnon Brian (Tabulk)view full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Edwards Leann Jeanview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Ross Brettview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Darroch Leeview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Thomas Rayview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Harrison Williamview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Mullett Narbyview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Harrison Francesview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Kennedy Lisaview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Brown Donnaview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Williams Kathrynview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Young Marleneview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Jose Ellenview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Jose Ellenview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Idagi Ricardoview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Johnston Lynview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Johnston Saschaview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Haddock Samview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Johnston Shannonview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Haddock Shiloview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Edwards Maryview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Davies Melanieview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Appo Jasonview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Oram Alfredview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Alsop Cindyview full entry
Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.


Western Australian Artview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Snell Tedview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.


[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Alberts Tomview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Snell Tedview full entry
Reference: Ted Snell : painting, 1988-89 : October 27-November 17, Galerie Düsseldorf.

Publishing details: Galerie Düsseldorf, 890 Hay St, Perth WA 6000.
Bibliography: leaf p. [15]
Ref: 1000
Baker Suview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Blanchflower Brianview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Chambers Douglasview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Cinnani Cathyview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Larsen Lidija Dombrovskaview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Fardin Gallianoview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Fitzallen Chrisview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Haass Marieview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Hayim Andrewview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Iwanoff Michaelview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Kempson Jillview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Koning Theoview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Moore Maryview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Paul Johnview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Stannage Miriamview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Tonello Patriziaview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Tring Valerieview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Wiebke Karlview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Wroth Ianview full entry
Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits
Butler Rexview full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Smith Bernard - European vision and the South Pacific view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Burn Ian - The necessity of Australian art / Ian , Nigel Lendon, Charles Merewether and Ann Stephen
view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Lendon Nigel - The necessity of Australian art / Ian Burn, Nigel Lendon, Charles Merewether and Ann Stephen
view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Merewether Charles - The necessity of Australian art / Ian Burn, Nigel Lendon, Charles Merewether and Ann Stephen
view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Stephen Ann - The necessity of Australian art / Ian Burn, Nigel Lendon, Charles Merewether and Ann Stephen
view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Beilharz Peter - Imagining the antipodes view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Smith Bernard - Interview with Bernard Smith / Rex Butler
view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Carter Paul - Footings: the mythopoeic foundations of imperial time

view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Mundine Djon Interview with by Rex Butler
view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Croft Belinda L In my father's house view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
war in art Remembering by Anne Gray
view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
First Fleet artists: encounters by Paul Carter

view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Watling Thomas : this prison this language by Ross Gibson
view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Lycett Joseph : exposing the lie of terra nullius / Jeanette Hoorn
view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Earle Augustus : colonial eyes transformed / Leonard Bell
view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Glover John : the limits of redemption / Ian McLean

view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Duterrau Benjamin : the first Aboriginal memorial / Tim Bonyhady

view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
von Guérard Eugen : possession and dispossession / Nicholas Thomas


view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Buvelot Louis : the melancholy landscape / Tim Bonyhady.



view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Roberts Tom : 'Where the sun never set' / Virginia Spate



view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Streeton Arthur : shadows and symbols / Anne Gray



view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Heidelberg School in a new millenium / Juliette Peers
view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Preston Margaret at home' / Catriona Moore
view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Nolan Sidney : landscaping and modern life / Ian Burn

view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Namatjira Albert : the white mask / Ian Burn and Ann Stephen

view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Brack John : the forgotten people / Chris McAuliffe


view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Williams Fred : the Australian landscape through Derrida's eyes / John Lechte
view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Dawson Janet : sightings / Mary Eagle

view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Field The - After 'The Field' / Keith Broadfoot

view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Brown Mike : waiting for post-modernism / Richard Haese

view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Smith Joshua - Of love and modernity: the lament of Joshua Smith / Kate Briggs
view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Bennett Gordon : the joker in the pack / Ian Mclean

view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Bennett Gordon : Questions of ethics, aesthetics and historicism in Gordon Bennett's painting: a reply to Ian Mclean / Toni Ross

view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Cruickshank Alan : blurred boundaries / Ian North
view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Colonial art - Colonial quotations / Joan Kerr
view full entry
Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)
Australian Drawing Biennale 1998.view full entry
Reference: Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages
Bennett Gordon view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages
Borgelt Marion view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages
Brack John view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages
Eaton Janenne view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages
Furlonger Joe view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages
Koning Theo view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages
Kruger Elisabeth view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages
Lovegrove Sue view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages
Maudsley Helen view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages
Robinson William view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages
Taylor Howard ,view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages
Wei Guan . view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages
Australian drawing biennale 2000.view full entry
Reference: Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp
Ref: 1000
Olsen, John, 1928-view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp
Amor, Rick, 1948-view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp
Wallace-Crabbe, Robin, 1938-view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp
Allen, Davida.view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp
Petyarre, Gloria, 1942-view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp
Wedge, H. J. (Harry J.)view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp
Eager, Helen, 1952-view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp
Hattam, Katherine, 1950-
view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp
Burns, Stephanie, 1962-
view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp
Day, Phil, 1973-view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp
Hallandal, Pam, 1929-view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp
Jian, Guo, 1963-view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp
MacLeod Euan
view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp
Australian Drawing Biennale 1996 view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale 1996 (First).
Brown, Jan, 1922-
Buchanan, Meg, 1949-
Churcher, Roy, 1933-
Dabro, Ante, 1938-
Herel, Petr, 1943-
Myshkin, Tanya, 1961-
Payne, Patsy, 1955-
Pratt, John, 1952-
Rhodes, Frances, 1959-
Taylor, Ben, 1960-
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [1996], c45pp
Ref: 1000
Australian Drawing Biennale 2004view full entry
Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale 2004
Roy Ananda, Godwin Bradbeer, Adam Cullen, Fan Dongwang, Dianne Fogwell, Natalya Hughes, Mike Parr, Jan Senbergs, Ken Whisson, Gosia Wlodarczak
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2004], c45pp
Ref: 1000
Australian Drawing Biennale 2006view full entry
Reference: see Sixth drawing biennale / [curators, Nancy Sever and Tony Oates] 2006. Ian Abdulla, Vernon Ah Kee, John Beard, Yvonne Boag, Denise Green, Euan Heng, Robert Macpherson, Peter Maloney, Aida Tomescu, John Wolsely / [curators Nancy Severs & Tony Oates.
Canberra : ANU Drill Hall Gallery,
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2006], 51pp
Ref: 1000
Australian Drawing Biennale 2008view full entry
Reference: see Seventh drawing biennale - Kevin Connor, George Davis, Rachel Ellis, Hendrik Kolenberg, Kevin Lincoln, Sallie Moffatt, Nick Mourtzakis, Jim Paterson, Ana Pollak, John Scurry, Susan Stamp, Michelle Zuccolo.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2008], 68pp
Ref: 1000
Dehle Elizabethview full entry
Reference: See Gowans auction Hobart, Tasmania, Saturday 19th May 2018, Lot 41: RARE BRONZE SIGNED & DATED 1946 BY EARLY TASMANIAN ARTIST & SCULPTOR ELIZABETH DEHLE (ASSISTANT TO WELL KNOWN AUSTRALIAN SCULPTOR RAYNER HOFF). THIS BRONZE WAS BELIEVED TO HAVE WON A GOLD MEDAL AT THE 1946 ROYAL SCOTTISH ACADEMY ANNUAL EXHIBITION. IT WAS CATALOGUED AS "THE ARRIVAL" EXHIBITED BY MS ELIZABETH DEHLE - 34CM
Blackman Barbaraview full entry
Reference: Portrait of a Friendship - the Letters of Barbara Blackman and Judith Wright 1950 - 2000, edited by Bryony Cosgrove
Publishing details: Miegunyah Press, c2007 
xvii, 637 p.
Ref: 1000
This Way Upview full entry
Reference: This Way Up - An exhibition series of recent abstract paintings from the collection of the Australian National University. Artists:

Peter Adsett Micky Allan Justin Andrews Zöe Avis Emma Beer Vivienne Binns Julie Brooke Julia Castiglioni Bradshaw Claudia Chaseling Liz Coats Jodie Cunningham Fernando Do Campo Marie Hagerty Greg Hodge Karena Keys Richard Larter Fiona Little Sue Lovegrove Liang Luscombe Peter Maloney Tye McBride Suzanne Moss Geoff Newton Derek O'Connor Rachel Jessie-Rae O’Connor Elena Papanikolakis Dionisia Salas Hammer Helen Shelley Kerry Shepherdson Noël Skrzypczak Gary Smith Bryan Spier Aria Stone Frank Thirion Elefteria Vlavianos Paul Wotherspoon Dan Zhu


Publishing details: ANU, (2010?)
Ref: 1000
Making Tracksview full entry
Reference: Making Tracks - An exhibition by alumni from the ANU School of Art Sculpture Workshop. 17 artists included.
Publishing details: ANU, 2013,
Ref: 1000
Australian & New Zealand Journal of Artview full entry
Reference: Published twice yearly. Vol. 8 (2007) and v. 10 (2010) each consist of one no. only. [all to be indexed] AVAILABLE ONLINE.
Publishing details: Canberra, A.C.T.] : Art Association of Australia and New Zealand, 2000- 
v. : ill. 24 cm. 
Ref: 1000
Uneasy - recent South Australian artview full entry
Reference: Uneasy : recent South Australian art : an exhibition / by Timothy Morrell. Catalogue of the exhibition held 20 June-17 Aug., 2008, at the Anne & Gordon Samstag Museum of Art, Adelaide.
Publishing details: Adelaide : Anne & Gordon Samstag Museum of Art, University of South Australia, [2008] 
47 p. : col. ill.
Ref: 1000
Hottest Gallery in the World Theview full entry
Reference: The Hottest Gallery in the World - 10 years at 24HR Art (1990-2000). [text by Malcolm McKinnon]. Includes bibliographical references (p. 64) [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Darwin : 24HR Art, Darwin, 2001 
64 p. : ill., ports
Clark Tonyview full entry
Reference: Tony Clark - Public and Private Painting 1982 - 1998, by Max Delany, Robyn McKenzie, Graham Forsyth
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1998 
48 p. : ill., some col.
Ref: 1000
In Place (Out of Time)view full entry
Reference: In Place (Out of Time) - Contemporary Art in Australia. curated by Howard Morphy and David Elliott ; edited by Rebecca Coates and Howard Morphy ; with essays by Howard Morphy ... [et al.], Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Museum of Modern Art, Oxford, 20 July-2 Nov. 1997. [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art Oxford, 1997, 56 p. : ill. (some col.) ;
Ref: 1000
Nona Dennisview full entry
Reference: Sesserae - the works of Dennis Nona. Exhibition catalogue of prints by Dennis Nona, subjects include installations, rain, wind, spirit charms, totems, ceremony, food, traditional stories, hunting, medicine, life and death, with related stories accompanying images; includes brief biographical details of artist.
Notes Introduction by Simon Wright.
Curated by SP Wright.
An exhibition held at the Dell Gallery, Queensland College of the Art, Griffith University between 3 June - 10 July 2005.
Includes bibliographical references (p. [88]).
Publishing details: Griffith Artworks, c2005 
[88] p. : ill. (some col.), maps
Ref: 1000
Bell Richard view full entry
Reference: Richard Bell - Uz vs. Them by ‪Maura Reilly‪, Richard Bell, Djon Mundine‬ [’Richard Bell, one of Australia's most collectable leading contemporary artists, has established a significant reputation as a political commentator and an "enfant terrible” in Indigenous art over the past two decades. This stunningly illustrated catalogue features more than 26 colour plates of his provocative and often humorous works. With their bold use of images and text, they force viewers to face the troubling issue of racism in Australia.

Bell’s inspiration is complex and multi-layered. He is an avid appropriator, borrowing from other artists, periods, and cultures, including Roy Lichtenstein, Jasper Johns, Jackson Pollock, and Aboriginal painter Emily Kam Kngwarreye, among others. He works across a wide range of media, including painting, performance, and video, producing powerful messages that confront and unsettle: about Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal Australians’ relationship to each other, about their country’s history and about art itself.’]
Publishing details: ‪American Federation of Arts, 2011, 80 pages‬, hc, dw
This Way Upview full entry
Reference: This way up : abstract works from the La Trobe University Art Collection / Bundoora Homestead Arts Centre. Essay by Dr. Alana O'Brien. [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Bundoora [Vic.] : La Trobe Art Museum and Collections, 2008 
[6] p. ;
Ref: 1000
Bresciani Diview full entry
Reference: Di Bresciani : compositions in colour / with contributions by Pam Kershaw ... [et al.] ; curated by Sue Smith. [’The paintings of Di Bresciani, artist and musician, are currently exhibited at the Perc Tucker Regional Gallery in Townsville to coincide with the renowned Australian Festival of Chamber Music. Texts in this multiauthored, richly colour illustrated publication focus on relationships between music and art and colour and sound.’]
Publishing details: Melbourne : Macmillan, 2012 
175 p. : col. ill. ; 31 cm.
Ref: 1000
Djalkiri wangaview full entry
Reference: Djalkiri wanga = The land is my foundation : 50 years of Aboriginal art from Yirrkala, Northeast Arnhem Land / Gillian Hutcherson. Catalogue of an exhibition first exhibited at the Lawrence Wilson Art Gallery, University of Western Australia, July 1995. Text partly based on research undertaken by Ronald and Catherine Berndt in 1946-1947.
Bibliography: p. 50. [to be indexed]
Publishing details: The University of W.A. Berndt Museum of Anthropology, c1995 
52 p. : ill. (chiefly col.), maps
Ref: 1000
Tagari Liaview full entry
Reference: Tagari Lia - Contemporary Aboriginal art 1990 : from Australia / [essay Terry Smith] "This exhibition is part of Tagari Lia: My Family -Contemporary Aboriginal Arts from Australia, Glasgow 1990'. [to be indexed]

Publishing details: Redfern, N.S.W. : Aboriginal Arts Management Association in association with Third Eye Centre, 1990 
20 p. : ill. (some col.) ; 25 cm. 
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Tagari Lia - Contemporary Aboriginal art 1990 : from Australia / [essay Terry Smith] "This exhibition is part of Tagari Lia: My Family -Contemporary Aboriginal Arts from Australia, Glasgow 1990'.

Publishing details: Redfern, N.S.W. : Aboriginal Arts Management Association in association with Third Eye Centre, 1990 
20 p. : ill. (some col.) ; 25 cm. 
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Djalkiri wanga = The land is my foundation : 50 years of Aboriginal art from Yirrkala, Northeast Arnhem Land / Gillian Hutcherson. Catalogue of an exhibition first exhibited at the Lawrence Wilson Art Gallery, University of Western Australia, July 1995. Text partly based on research undertaken by Ronald and Catherine Berndt in 1946-1947.
Bibliography: p. 50
Publishing details: The University of W.A. Berndt Museum of Anthropology, c1995 
52 p. : ill. (chiefly col.), maps
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: Djalkiri wanga = The land is my foundation : 50 years of Aboriginal art from Yirrkala, Northeast Arnhem Land / Gillian Hutcherson. Catalogue of an exhibition first exhibited at the Lawrence Wilson Art Gallery, University of Western Australia, July 1995. Text partly based on research undertaken by Ronald and Catherine Berndt in 1946-1947.
Bibliography: p. 50
Publishing details: The University of W.A. Berndt Museum of Anthropology, c1995 
52 p. : ill. (chiefly col.), maps
Kevin Hill’s Top Ten Australian Artistsview full entry
Reference: Kevin Hill's top ten Australian Artist for the new millennium 2000 - A special edition of only printed .Artists: Peter Anderson. Kevin Best, John Dynon, Werner Filipich, Les Graham, Pro Hart, Otto Kuster, Max Mannix, Gayle Russell, john Vander

Publishing details: Kevin Hill, 2000, hc. Edition of 1000. 67 pages.
Ref: 1000
Nikolic Tomislavview full entry
Reference: see Look magazine, May-June 2018, short article
Publishing details: Art Gallery Society of NSW, May-June 2018
Teague Violet portrait of Margaret Alice 1900view full entry
Reference: see Look magazine, May-June 2018, article by Denise Mimmocchi
Publishing details: Art Gallery Society of NSW, May-June 2018
Bardon Geoff article onview full entry
Reference: see Long Water - Aboriginal Art & Literature Annual 1988. Edited by Ulli Beier and Colin Johnson
Publishing details: Aborigonal Arists Agency, 1988, pb, 119pp
Papunya Tula Art article onview full entry
Reference: see Long Water - Aboriginal Art & Literature Annual 1988. Edited by Ulli Beier and Colin Johnson
Publishing details: Aborigonal Arists Agency, 1988, pb, 119pp
Meeks Raymond J article onview full entry
Reference: see Long Water - Aboriginal Art & Literature Annual 1988. Edited by Ulli Beier and Colin Johnson
Publishing details: Aborigonal Arists Agency, 1988, pb, 119pp
Thancoupie article onview full entry
Reference: see Long Water - Aboriginal Art & Literature Annual 1988. Edited by Ulli Beier and Colin Johnson
Publishing details: Aborigonal Arists Agency, 1988, pb, 119pp
Tutama Tjapangarti article onview full entry
Reference: see Long Water - Aboriginal Art & Literature Annual 1988. Edited by Ulli Beier and Colin Johnson
Publishing details: Aborigonal Arists Agency, 1988, pb, 119pp
Tjapangarti Tutama article onview full entry
Reference: see Long Water - Aboriginal Art & Literature Annual 1988. Edited by Ulli Beier and Colin Johnson
Publishing details: Aborigonal Arists Agency, 1988, pb, 119pp
Pike Jimmy article onview full entry
Reference: see Long Water - Aboriginal Art & Literature Annual 1988. Edited by Ulli Beier and Colin Johnson
Publishing details: Aborigonal Arists Agency, 1988, pb, 119pp
Photofile - Beauty editionview full entry
Reference: Photofile Beauty edition, number thirty, Winter 1990
Publishing details: Australian Centre for Photography, 1990,
Photography nude Australiaview full entry
Reference: see Photofile Beauty edition, number thirty, Winter 1990
Publishing details: Australian Centre for Photography, 1990,
Baker Bview full entry
Reference: see Barsby’s auction, Sydney, 2 may, 2018, lot 487: B. Barker "The American Fleet" Entering Sydney Harbour 20th August 1908, oil on board, signed lower right, 19cm x 44cm. The Great White Fleet was the popular nickname for the powerful United States Navy battle fleet that completed a journey around the globe. [An amusing,primitive style oil painting showing the fleet in formation with the Heads in the background].
Poynter Maudeview full entry
Reference: ‪Maude Poynter Painter and Potter‬‬ by Glenda King. Includes bibliography, references and notes. [The life of Maude Poynter and her involvement in the decorative arts through painting and art pottery]. Publication coincides with ‘The Life and Work of Maude Poynter - A major exhibition of the life and work of Maude Poynter (1869 - 1945), a pioneering Australian studio potter.
Maude Poynter studied at leading London art schools before coming to Tasmania in 1918 to live at Ratho, Bothwell. Maude Poynter’s students included Violet Mace (her cousin) and Mylie Peppin, who became leading art potters in their own right. Her inventive work reflects the optimism associated with Federation, womens achievement of voting rights and the growth of the Arts and Craft Society of Tasmania.
Glenda King’s new catalogue, Maude Poynter – painter and potter will be available to purchase at Narryna Heritage Museum, 103 Hampden Road, Battery Point. Tasmania.

Publishing details: ‪Australiana Society - Tasmanian Chapter, 2018‬, 108pp
Peppin Mylie view full entry
Reference: see The Life and Work of Maude Poynter - A major exhibition of the life and work of Maude Poynter (1869 - 1945), a pioneering Australian studio potter.
Maude Poynter studied at leading London art schools before coming to Tasmania in 1918 to live at Ratho, Bothwell. Maude Poynter’s students included Violet Mace (her cousin) and Mylie Peppin, who became leading art potters in their own right. Her inventive work reflects the optimism associated with Federation, womens achievement of voting rights and the growth of the Arts and Craft Society of Tasmania.
Glenda King’s new catalogue, Maude Poynter – painter and potter will be available to purchase at Narryna Heritage Museum, 103 Hampden Road, Battery Point. Tasmania.
Mace Violetview full entry
Reference: see The Life and Work of Maude Poynter - A major exhibition of the life and work of Maude Poynter (1869 - 1945), a pioneering Australian studio potter.
Maude Poynter studied at leading London art schools before coming to Tasmania in 1918 to live at Ratho, Bothwell. Maude Poynter’s students included Violet Mace (her cousin) and Mylie Peppin, who became leading art potters in their own right. Her inventive work reflects the optimism associated with Federation, womens achievement of voting rights and the growth of the Arts and Craft Society of Tasmania.
Glenda King’s new catalogue, Maude Poynter – painter and potter will be available to purchase at Narryna Heritage Museum, 103 Hampden Road, Battery Point. Tasmania.
Vande Potteryview full entry
Reference: see Australiana Magazine, May 2018, Vol 40, no. 2. Article on Vande Pottery by Alan Landis on a gift to the Sydney Jewish Museum of a Vande piece.
Vandersluis Samuel Joseph 1903-1983view full entry
Reference: see Australiana Magazine, May 2018, Vol 40, no. 2. Article on Vande Pottery by Alan Landis on a gift to the Sydney Jewish Museum of a Vande piece.
Godfrey Lewis John wood carverview full entry
Reference: see Australiana Magazine, May 2018, Vol 40, no. 2. Article on a bank writing table.
Godfrey Lewis Marmaduke Mortimer wood carverview full entry
Reference: see Australiana Magazine, May 2018, Vol 40, no. 2. Article on a bank writing table.
Terry Leonard architect and designerview full entry
Reference: see Australiana Magazine, May 2018, Vol 40, no. 2. Article on a bank writing table.
Armson William Barnett architectview full entry
Reference: see Australiana Magazine, May 2018, Vol 40, no. 2. Article on a bank writing table.
Lawson Robert Arthur architectview full entry
Reference: see Australiana Magazine, May 2018, Vol 40, no. 2. Article on a bank writing table.
Lewis John Godfrey wood and stone carverview full entry
Reference: see Australiana Magazine, May 2018, Vol 40, no. 2. Article on a bank writing table.
Morris Ethel Jackson (1891-1895)view full entry
Reference: The White Butterfly and other fairy tales. [’Morris was active in the 1920s in Melbourne. Her work follows in the tradition of, and bears a strong resemblance to, that of Ida Rentoul Outhwaite. Morris married in 1930 and left the art world completely, leaving an enchanting published legacy of Australian children’s illustration. Muir 5153 (not mentioning the autograph edition).’ from Douglas Stewart Fine Books.]
Publishing details: Melbourne : C. J. DeGaris Publishing House, 1921. Quarto, illustrated cloth, pp. 106, tipped-in colour and black and white plates. The deluxe autograph edition, limited to 250 copies, of which 200 were for sale, signed and numbered by Morris; loosely enclosed, the publisher’s prospectus, pp. 4, colour illustration. [this copy with Douglas Stewart Fine Books May 2018]
Ref: 1000
Rowe Minnie I (author and illustrator)view full entry
Reference: The wand of dawn

Publishing details: Melbourne Publishing Company, [1918]. Quarto, printed brown papered boards with pictorial onlay to front; pp 64, colour frontispiece and three full colour plates, and numerous black and white illustrations
Ref: 1000
Eley Annie Wview full entry
Reference: The Dawn Maiden and Dione’s visit to Australia. With Illustrations and Sketches by the Author. 

Publishing details: Melbourne : Edward A. Vidler, [1922]. Quarto, gilt-lettered boards with illustrated paper dust jacket 56 pp; illustrated with frontispiece, three colour and ten black and white plates; Edition-De-Luxe Strictly Limited to 150 copies.
Ref: 1000
Wall Dorothyview full entry
Reference: The crystal bowl : Australian nature stories by HALL, J.J.; WALL, Dorothy (illustrator)

Publishing details: Whitcombe & Tombs Ltd., 1921. First edition. Quarto, pictorial blue cloth boards in dust jacket, pp 64, illustrated wth 16 colour and black-and-white plates by Dorothy Wall, as well as her line drawings in the text.
Ref: 1000
Mass Celesteview full entry
Reference: The little grammar people by MASS, Nuri; MASS, Celeste (illustrator)
Publishing details: Angus & Robertson, 1942. First edition. Quarto, pictorial papered boards in dust jacket (light handling wear), colour frontispiece plate, pp 104, illustrated with black-and-white plates and line drawings by Celeste Mass
Ref: 1000
Wall Dorothyview full entry
Reference: WALL, Dorothy (author and illustrator)
Brownie : the story of a naughty little rabbit

Publishing details: Sydney : Angus & Robertson, 1935. First edition. Quarto, original pictorial papered boards in dust jacket, colour frontispiece plate, pp 56, illustrated with 16 black-and-white plates and line drawings by Wall.
Ref: 1000
Harrison Lancelot - The Perfesser & Alter Ego, Esquire - pseud. of Lancelot HARRISON
view full entry
Reference: Tails and tarradiddles : an Australian book of birds and beasts. Lancelot Harrison (1880-1928) was a prominent Australian zoologist. With line illustrations by the author.
Publishing details: Sydney : Cornstalk Publishing, 1925. Square octavo, publisher’s pictorial blue cloth boards in original dust jacket, pp 108,
Ref: 1000
Perfesser The & Alter Ego, Esquire - pseud. of Lancelot HARRISON
view full entry
Reference: see MEADOWS, Maureen C.; EKLUND, Berenice C. (illustrator)
Billi-Billi’s walkabout
Brisbane : Watson, Ferguson & Co., 1945. Small quarto, publisher’s printed boards in pictorial dust jacket (chipped at head and foot of spine), illustrated endpapers, pp 88, with black-and-white line drawings in the text; a near fine copy in the scarce dust jacket.Tails and tarradiddles : an Australian book of birds and beasts. Lancelot Harrison (1880-1928) was a prominent Australian zoologist. With line illustrations by the author.
Publishing details: Sydney : Cornstalk Publishing, 1925. Square octavo, publisher’s pictorial blue cloth boards in original dust jacket, pp 108,
Eklund Berenice Cview full entry
Reference: Billi-Billi’s walkabout by MEADOWS, Maureen C.; EKLUND, Berenice C. (illustrator)


Publishing details: Brisbane : Watson, Ferguson & Co., 1945. Small quarto, publisher’s printed boards in pictorial dust jacket, illustrated endpapers, pp 88, with black-and-white line drawings in the text;
Ref: 1000
Crane Oliveview full entry
Reference: The sleeping sea-nymph by by Agnes Littlejohn. Illustrated by Albert Collins and Olive Crane.


Publishing details: Sydney and Brisbane : Edwards Dunlop & Co. Ltd, [1924]. First (and only) edition. Small quarto, original printed papered boards with pictorial onlay, illustrated with 2 tipped-in colour plates (including frontispiece), line illustrations in the text (some full-page), decorative head- and tailpieces, historiated initials; Muir 4333.
Ref: 1000
Collins Albertview full entry
Reference: see The sleeping sea-nymph by by Agnes Littlejohn. Illustrated by Albert Collins and Olive Crane.


Publishing details: Sydney and Brisbane : Edwards Dunlop & Co. Ltd, [1924]. First (and only) edition. Small quarto, original printed papered boards with pictorial onlay, illustrated with 2 tipped-in colour plates (including frontispiece), line illustrations in the text (some full-page), decorative head- and tailpieces, historiated initials; Muir 4333.
Davies Billview full entry
Reference: The stowaways. By Bill Davies (author and illustrator). Muir 1915.
Publishing details: Playground Publishing, [1945]. Small oblong quarto, original cloth backed pictorial papered boards, pp [24], with 8 full-page colour illustrations and line drawings in the text
Ref: 1000
Lahm Hartmut (illustrator)view full entry
Reference: The antics of Algy
Publishing details: Angus and Robertson, 1946. Quarto, publisher’s cloth backed pictorial papered boards, original owner’s inscription to half title, pp 68, with four colour plates and line drawings in the text;
Ref: 1000
Pollard James (author and illustrator)view full entry
Reference: Ofo : mate of the riverside
Publishing details: Perth : Patersons Printing Press, [1944]. Small quarto, original cloth backed pictorial papered boards, original owner’s inscription to verso of title, pp 24, with six full-page colour illustrations, and black-and-white line drawings throughout the text; a very good copy. Muir 6054.
Ref: 1000
Quayle Jackview full entry
Reference: MORRISH, Hannah; QUAYLE, Jack (illustrator)
The animals party

Publishing details: Sydney : Frank Johnson, [1944]. Quarto, original pictorial wrappers, staple bound, pp [16], all colour illustrations; Muir 5178.
Ref: 1000
Pike Jimmyview full entry
Reference: LOWE, Pat; PIKE, Jimmy (illustrator)
Jimmy and Pat meet the Queen.
‘A notable commentary on native title and land rights, in the form of a children’s story.’
Publishing details: Broome, W.A. : Backroom Press, 1997. Large oblong octavo, illustrated wrappers, pp 30, with colour Illustrations by Australian indigenous artist Jimmy Pike.
Ref: 1000
Hunter Davidview full entry
Reference: NOONAN, Michael; GILMORE, D.H. (David Hunter) (illustrator). In the land of the talking trees : a fantasy
Publishing details: Sydney : Angus & Robertson, 1946. First edition. Large octavo, publisher’s cloth backed pictorial papered boards, pp 89, illustrated with 14 full-page colour plates and line drawings in the text; Muir 5403.
Ref: 1000
Gilmore D Hview full entry
Reference: see David Hunter (illustrator of children’s books used the pseudonym D H Gilmore)
Mass Celesteview full entry
Reference: The wizard of Jenolan by MASS, Nuri; MASS, Celeste (illustrator)
Publishing details: Sydney : Angus & Robertson, 1946. First edition. Quarto, pictorial papered boards in dust jacket (chipping to corners and head and foot of spine, small perforation to front panel near spine), colour frontispiece plate, pp 93, with black-and-white illustrations throughout; a very good copy in the scarce jacket. Muir 4876.
Ref: 1000
Mass Celesteview full entry
Reference: Magic Australia by MASS, Nuri; MASS, Celeste (illustrator)
Publishing details: Sydney : Angus & Robertson, 1943. First edition. Quarto, pictorial papered boards (sunned and lightly marked), endpaper maps, colour frontispiece plate, pp 164, illustrated with several colour plates and black-and-white line drawings by Celeste Mass
Ref: 1000
Seymour Oliverview full entry
Reference: HILSON, Charles; SEYMOUR, Oliver (illustrator). Gum-tips : a second book of verses for little children

Publishing details: Perth : Carroll’s Ltd., [1946]. Octavo, original cloth backed pictorial papered boards, colour frontispiece plate, pp 44, line draings throughout
Ref: 1000
Wenban Raymond Stewart view full entry
Reference: THOMAS, W.J. Some myths and legends of the Australian Aborigines. With five black and white illustrations and frontispiece by Raymond Stewart Wenban
Publishing details: Melbourne : Whitcombe and Tombes, 1943. Octavo, pictorial  stiff wrappers (some foxing), pp 75
Ref: 1000
Paterson Esther and Bettyview full entry
Reference: DEANS, Leslie; PATERSON, Esther and PATERSON, Betty (illustrators)
The imp and the fairy

Publishing details: Melbourne : Victory Publicity, [c.1949]. First Edition. Quarto, original cloth backed pictorial papered boards (corner wear, small amount of silverfishing, mainly confined to lower board), early gift inscription to front pastedown, 16 pp, bichrome illustrations throughout
Ref: 1000
Luth Margeryview full entry
Reference: HAMILTON, Lucy; LUTH, Margery (illustrator)
The food fairies
Cover title: Junior Red Cross presents the food fairies.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Melbourne : Australian Red Cross Society, Victorian Division, [1942]. Oblong quarto, illustrated wrappers (water stain to top edge of upper wrapper, bottom corners of wrappers and leaves dog-eared), pp [31], with several full-page colour and numerous black-and-white illustrations
Ref: 1000
Seymour Oliverview full entry
Reference: HILSON, Charles; SEYMOUR, Olive (illustrator) Fiddle-de-dee : a book of verse for children.

Publishing details: Perth : Patersons Printing Press, [194-]. Second edition. Octavo, cloth-backed pictorial papered boards’; pp 48, with line illustrations by Olive Seymour; Muir 3526.
Ref: 1000
Brookshaw Percy Drake view full entry
Reference: FINNEMORE, John
Rifle and boomerang
frontispiece illustration by Percy Drake Brookshaw, Muir 2528.
Publishing details: Auckland ; Wellington … Melbourne : Whitcombe & Tombs, [c.1945]. “Whitcombe’s Story Books, no. 563”. Octavo, pictorial stiff wrappers, pp 64;
Ref: 1000
Hill I Gview full entry
Reference: CARTER, Margaret A.; HILL, I.G. (illustrator)
Australian fairy stories

Publishing details: Melbourne : Domus Publishing, [1944]. First edition. Quarto, cloth backed pictorial papered boards in dust jacket pp 78, illustrated with line drawings by I.G. Hill; iMuir 1328.
Ref: 1000
Badham Herbertview full entry
Reference: see Bonhams auction, IMPORTANT AUSTRALIAN AND ABORIGINAL ART
Including The Hobbs Collection and The Croft Zemaitis Collection
20 Jun 2018, lot 2:
Herbert Badham (1899-1961)
The Bus Stop, 1958
signed and dated lower right: 'H Badham 59'; signed, titled and inscribed verso: '"The Bus Stop" / HBadham / East Sydney Tech / Price: 25 Guineas'
oil on artists board
54.5 x 44.0cm (21 7/16 x 17 5/16in).
FOOTNOTES
PROVENANCE
Mr Ray Granger, Lismore
thence by descent
Mr John and Mrs Shirley Stretch, Lismore
The Estate of John and Shirley Stretch, Lismore

RELATED WORK
The Bus Stop, 1943, oil on board, 51.0 x 38.0cm, exhibited Herbert Badham 1899 - 1961, Wollongong City Gallery, New South Wales, 27 August - 4 October 1987; S.H. Ervin Gallery, Sydney, 10 October - 15 November 1987, cat. 33

Realist painter Herbert Badham is best known for his depictions of urban Sydney life spanning the 1920s to the 1960s. 'In painting pub interiors, street corners, beach holidays, fairs and town bands, Badham has given us an accurate account of the life, fashion, architecture, interiors and social values of his time - a point which has led to his work being included in many major exhibitions and collections.'1

Badham held his first solo show in 1939 at the Grosvenor Galleries. Opened by art world doyen Sir Marcus Clark, and favourably reviewed by Howard Ashton who observed 'Mr Badham paints aspects of Sydney life which very few painters have the courage to tackle.'2

The Bus Stop, 1958, is a masterful example of Badham's abiding interest in geometric perspective. Enhanced by the sharp angles of the white fence and pavement which appears to be lit by a utility pole hidden from view. Here he elongates the figures' bodies which in turn positions the viewer from overhead as if we were to step down off the bus.

There is a sense of voyeurism as we observe this group. The solitary woman at the back appears to be enjoying a private moment, eyes closed, leaning slightly back with her hands resting on the wall whilst a stray cat slips quietly past her. The remaining figures huddle in pairs. We feel a little as if we have been given access to a private conversation between the two women on the left, perhaps colleagues winding down after a day's work, one with cigarette in hand, the other mouth open as if mid-sentence whilst she keeps an eye out for the bus.

The daily commute is a subject that Badham revisited several times throughout his career as seen in Night Bus, 1943, in the collection of the National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne, and Travellers, 1933, formerly in the Reg Grundy AC OBE and Joy Chambers-Grundy Collection. Painted towards the end of his life, The Bus Stop, 1958, is a quintessential example of the keen eye and skill that Badham had developed over many years of documenting the every-day life of his city so aptly.

1. Christine France, catalogue entry for Herbert Badham 'Travellers', Bonhams, Important Australian Art from the collection of Reg Grundy AC OBE and Joy Chambers-Grundy, Sydney, 2013, p. 54
2. Howard Ashton, 'Badham's Art is Sincere', Sydney Morning Herald, 25 May 1939, p. 38
Moore Maryview full entry
Reference: see Bonhams auction, IMPORTANT AUSTRALIAN AND ABORIGINAL ART
Including The Hobbs Collection and The Croft Zemaitis Collection
20 Jun 2018, lot 29:
Mary Moore (born 1957)
The Fuse that Drives the Flower, 2005-06
Xanthosia Rotundifolia - Southern Cross
Leschenaultia Biloba - Blue Leschenaultia
Rhodanthe Chlorocephala Rosea - Pink Everlasting
Xanthorrhoea Preissii - Grass Tree flower spike or inflorescence
Xanthorrhoea Preissii - Fruiting spike 1
Xanthorrhoea Preissii - Fruiting spike 2
numbered lower left, titled lower centre, signed lower right: 'Mary Moore'
archival ink on paper; individually hand-coloured
various sizes: 44.0 x 44.0cm (17 5/16 x 17 5/16in). and 64.5 x 44.0cm (25 3/8 x 17 5/16in).

(6)
FOOTNOTES
PROVENANCE
Printed by Martin King, Australian Print Workshop, Melbourne
Collection of the artist
The Collection of Bonita Croft and the Late Gene Zemaitis, Sydney

Western Australian portrait painter Mary Moore began formal art training at the age of 15, later studying at the Western Australian Institute of Technology and Royal College of Art, London. Moore held her first solo exhibition at 17 and in 1983 was awarded an Australia Council grant to travel to Italy to paint. In 2001 she won the Portia Geach Memorial Award for a self-portrait and was one of six artists featured in the National Portrait Gallery, Canberra exhibition Intimate portraits.

"Mary Moore has painted portraits of the State's wildflowers. She captures the radiant 'faces' of a Southern Cross flower, the swirling pink petals around an everlasting daisy's sunny heart, and the bejewelled spike of a stately grass tree. With the respect she accords her human sitters, Mary sets out to record, identify and reveal their uniqueness." 1.

1. Victoria Laurie, The Australian, December 2004
Balson Ralphview full entry
Reference: see Bonhams auction, IMPORTANT AUSTRALIAN AND ABORIGINAL ART
Including The Hobbs Collection and The Croft Zemaitis Collection
20 Jun 2018, lot 66

Ralph Balson (1890-1964)
Painting no. 36, 1956
signed and dated lower right: 'R Balson / 56'
oil on board
59.0 x 66.5cm (23 1/4 x 26 3/16in).
FOOTNOTES
PROVENANCE
Gallery A, Sydney (label attached verso)
The Collection of the Late Michael Hobbs OAM, Sydney, acquired from the above in 1968

EXHIBITED
Ralph Balson Second Memorial Exhibition, Gallery A, Sydney, 18 July 1968, cat. 32
Ralph Balson: A Retrospective, Heide Park and Art Gallery, Melbourne, 15 August - 24 September 1989; Newcastle Region Art Gallery, New South Wales, 6 October - 19 November 1989; Wollongong City Gallery, New South Wales, 1 December 1989 - 28 January 1990; Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney, 14 February - 1 April 1990; University Art Museum, Brisbane, 12 April - 24 May 1990, cat. 28

LITERATURE
Bruce Adams, Ralph Balson: A Retrospective, Heide Park and Art Gallery, Melbourne, 1989, cat. 28, p. 60 (illus.)

This work is one of only two constructive canvases painted by Ralph Balson in 1956, the other being in the collection of the Art Gallery of Western Australia, Perth. The date is a significant one for Balson as it marks his transition from the earlier formalist style to his later 'non-objective' paintings.

In 1955 Balson turned 65 and was able to retire from his work as a house painter. He stayed on teaching part-time at the East Sydney Technical College in Darlinghurst, however, dividing his time between Sydney and Mittagong, where he had a studio in the garden of Grace Crowley's country house, High Hill. This final decade of his life was a more relaxed time for Balson. Apart from having the time to paint, he visited exhibitions, read copiously (from the latest international art trends to science and metaphysics) and exhibited in both local and international exhibitions, enjoying the recognition from his peers that now came his way (though it was still not without some controversy). In 1960 he visited his brother in New York - the first overseas trip he had made since arriving in Australia in 1913 at the age of 23 – and later joined Crowley in London.

In the 1930s and '40s Balson had taken his inspiration from Piet Mondrian, constructing compositions of pure geometric abstraction with overlapping planes of clear bright colour. Both he and his friend and colleague Grace Crowley used coloured tissue paper to map out their complex compositions of overlapping circles, squares and rectangles, balancing cool and warm tones and giving the illusion of three-dimensional depth.

However, by the early 1950s Balson began experimenting with a more fluid style, mostly expressed in a series of pastel drawings. A major turning point came in 1953 with the exhibition French Painting Today at the Art Gallery of New South Wales in which the style of Tachisme (from tache, the mark or the stain) was featured. While he was already familiar with the work of the American abstract expressionists whose work he thought 'offered limitless opportunities', he was also open-minded about the possibilities that the French painters offered. He did not see it as an 'either/or' choice though throughout the early to mid 1950s he began to slowly move away from hard edge constructivism.

In Painting no.36 Balson dissolves all hard edges while maintaining a loosely-gridded composition that echoes his previous constructivist canvases. Moving away from a formalistic, structured approach, he manages to give an impression of both movement and gesture, of the action of the painter, while still maintaining a sense of order. Colour too is softened. Here there are no bright hard primary oranges and pinks but a series of more muted tones – mustard, lilac, lemon, teal, sage and grey. While this canvas presages the work to come from Balson in the next decade, it is nevertheless redolent of the 1950s. 
Power John Joseph Wardell (1881-1943)view full entry
Reference: see Bonhams auction, IMPORTANT AUSTRALIAN AND ABORIGINAL ART
Including The Hobbs Collection and The Croft Zemaitis Collection
20 Jun 2018, lot 144:
John Joseph Wardell Power (1881-1943)
Abstract Accordionist, c.1928
signed lower left 'Power' and with the artist's pentagon insignia lower right
gouache on paper
76.0 x 49.5cm (29 15/16 x 19 1/2in).
FOOTNOTES
PROVENANCE
Frank O'Neill, United Kingdom, c.1930
thence by descent
Private collection, United Kingdom
Bonhams, Melbourne, 20 August 2013, lot 143
Justin Miller Art, Sydney
The Collection of the Late Michael Hobbs OAM, Sydney

The scion of a wealthy Sydney family, John Wardell Power is primarily known in Australia through his role as the benefactor of the Power Institute at the University of Sydney and the Museum of Contemporary Art. His bequest was the largest ever received by an Australian university and so generous that until recently it overshadowed his talent as a painter.

Educated at Sydney Grammar, Power studied medicine at the University of Sydney but also showed a talent for drawing, music and mathematics at a precociously young age. After graduating in 1905 Power left for England (impressively working his passage as the ship's doctor) and was subsequently admitted into the Royal College of Surgeons. In 1915 he married Edith Lee, twelve years older, twice divorced and from a wealthy grazing family in country New South Wales and they established themselves in London where Power practised medicine. In 1917 Power joined the Royal Army Medical Corps, serving until the war's end, though it appears to have been a life-changing experience. Like many other survivors, he turned his back on his former life and stopped practising medicine.

Having earlier inherited a fortune from the family's holdings in MLC shares, Power, at almost 40, moved to Paris to explore a career in art. From 1920-22 he studied first under the Brazilian artist Pedro Arajuo, eventually enrolling in classes with Ferdinand Léger. Paris gave him the opportunity to study all the latest trends in art from cubism, surrealism, purism and de stijl.

As talented in music (which for a while he considered as a third career option) as he was in art, Power's canvases thrum with the energy of the Jazz Age and 1920s Paris. While he and Edith maintained a house (called Therapia, Greek for healing power) in Bournemouth on the Dorset coast, they dipped in and out of life in Paris which, in the 1920s, was filled with ex-pats from all over the world and was one of the few places that black American singers, dancers and musicians could find work. It was a world of excess and madness, where the well-to-do slept until the afternoon and partied into the wee hours to the sounds of Django Reinhardt and Stephane Grappelli and the Hot Club of France.

But Power was too grounded and took his art too seriously to lose it in dancing the Fox Trot all night at the Café D'Orsay. While he continued to maintain a studio in Paris as well as one in England, he grew more reclusive. Concentrating on his art practice he produced hundreds of paintings from the mid-1920s until a few years before his death in 1943. He showed with the London Group, the Seven and Five Society, London, the Abstraction-Création group in Paris and group shows in Amsterdam and Brussels. Always an unconventional couple, the Powers became known for their eccentricity, with one dinner guest finding himself seated and fed at the table alongside the hosts' dogs.

Power's observations of modern life were as controlled as the mathematical calculations he made when creating his artworks, carefully gridding the composition and fixing the axis on which everything rotated. In this work the accordion fans out from a fixed focal point, clasped by three brown fingers and played by an ambiguous figure that seems to be simultaneously black and white. Many of Power's works hint at double identities: half man - half woman, half human - half musical instrument, which perhaps fuelled rumours that he was gay and enjoyed a 'marriage blanc' (a marriage without consummation), something that was not so unusual for the time. The provenance of this piece suggests that it was executed in his studio at Bournemouth and either gifted to or bought by a former army friend Major Frank O'Neill. Power exhibited a major work titled Accordion Dance (for sale at a hefty £73) in the London Group's 1928 Retrospective Exhibition. This work, on the same theme, thus can be placed at around the same time. In 1931 Power and his wife left Bournemouth and divided their time between Paris and Brussels. In 1938 they retreated to Westhill, in St Helier, Jersey, where Power died of stomach cancer during the German occupation. Edith died in Jersey in 1961 at the age of 92.
Maguire Timview full entry
Reference: Tim Maguire - Reflective - Martin Brown Contemporary, 2016, 10 works, illustrated. Biographical information.
Publishing details: Martin Brown Contemporary, 2016, 24pp, with invite and price list inserted. [This copy inserted in Tim Maguire. Essays by Adrian Searle and Eloise Lindsay. Moet & Chandon, France, 1994, pb, 40pp)

Evans George Williamview full entry
Reference: Weatherburn (A. K.) AUSTRALIA'S INTERIOR UNVEILED. A biography of George William Evans (1780-1852), Surveyor, Explorer and Artist.
Publishing details: The author, 1987, Pp. [xiv]+128, processed, frontispiece portrait plus 17 plates, 20 maps (most full page), index; impl. 8vo; pictorial stiff paper wrappers. One of 150 numbered copies
Ref: 1000
Our Beautiful Homesview full entry
Reference: Our beautiful homes, N.S.W. Series 2.

Publishing details: Sydney : Edward Lee & Co., [ca.1905] Description: 1 v. (unpaged) :
Ref: 1000
Our Beautiful Homesview full entry
Reference: Our beautiful homes, N.S.W. Series 1.
[Facsimile edition: Cannon, Michael, 1929-
Our beautiful homes, N.S.W. / edited and introduced by Michael Cannon.
Published (imprint): Melb. : Today's Heritage, [1977?]. Limited edition of 500 numbered copies . Originally published Sydney, n.d.]

Publishing details: Sydney : Edward Lee & Co., [ca.1905] Description: 1 v. (unpaged) :
Ref: 1000
Architecture in Australiaview full entry
Reference: see Our beautiful homes, N.S.W. Series 1.

Publishing details: Sydney : Edward Lee & Co., [ca.1905] Description: 1 v. (unpaged) :
Architecture in Australiaview full entry
Reference: see Our beautiful homes, N.S.W. Series 2.

Publishing details: Sydney : Edward Lee & Co., [ca.1905] Description: 1 v. (unpaged) :
Aboriginal Artview full entry
Reference: see ‪No Boundaries: Aboriginal Australian Contemporary Abstract Painting : from the Debra and Dennis Scholl Collection‬.
[’‪This exceptionally illustrated book presents the work of nine contemporary Aboriginal abstract painters, and includes a series of essays which bring together art history, anthropology, and new interpretations of one of the most dynamic painting movements of recent times. Towards the turn of the 20th century, Australian Aboriginal art went through a moment of extraordinary experimentation and innovation. Across Australia, Aboriginal artists moved away from traditional figurative imagery towards dynamic and individual abstract styles. This book examines the work of nine artists who were at the forefront of this movement. These artists transformed their traditional practices and lore into dynamic contemporary artworks. Each of these artists is represented in depth, with stunning reproductions and thoughtful analysis by art historians, curators, critics, and anthropologists. These writings and illustrations introduce readers to the ways contemporary Aboriginal artists are forging a distinctive new path, creating some of the finest abstract paintings of our time.‬’]
Publishing details: ‪Henry F. Skerritt‪, William Fox‬
Prestel Publishing, 2015 - Art - 175 pages‬

‪No Boundariesview full entry
Reference: ‪No Boundaries: Aboriginal Australian Contemporary Abstract Painting : from the Debra and Dennis Scholl Collection‬. [to be indexed]


[’‪This exceptionally illustrated book presents the work of nine contemporary Aboriginal abstract painters, and includes a series of essays which bring together art history, anthropology, and new interpretations of one of the most dynamic painting movements of recent times. Towards the turn of the 20th century, Australian Aboriginal art went through a moment of extraordinary experimentation and innovation. Across Australia, Aboriginal artists moved away from traditional figurative imagery towards dynamic and individual abstract styles. This book examines the work of nine artists who were at the forefront of this movement. These artists transformed their traditional practices and lore into dynamic contemporary artworks. Each of these artists is represented in depth, with stunning reproductions and thoughtful analysis by art historians, curators, critics, and anthropologists. These writings and illustrations introduce readers to the ways contemporary Aboriginal artists are forging a distinctive new path, creating some of the finest abstract paintings of our time.‬’]
Publishing details: ‪Henry F. Skerritt‪, William Fox‬
Prestel Publishing, 2015 - Art - 175 pages‬

Ref: 1000
Blood on the spinifexview full entry
Reference: Blood on the spinifex : Goody Barrett, Paddy Bedford, Rameeka Nocketa, Lena Nyadbi, Peggy Patrick, Rusty Peters, Desma Sampi, Phyllis Thomas, Freddie Timms, Timmy Timms / guest curator Tony Oliver

Notes Catalogue of an exhibition held at The Ian Potter Museum of Art, University of Melbourne, 14 December 2002 to 16 March 2003.
Publishing details: Parkville, Vic. : Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2002 
60 p. : ill. ;
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal Artview full entry
Reference: see Blood on the spinifex : Goody Barrett, Paddy Bedford, Rameeka Nocketa, Lena Nyadbi, Peggy Patrick, Rusty Peters, Desma Sampi, Phyllis Thomas, Freddie Timms, Timmy Timms / guest curator Tony Oliver

Notes Catalogue of an exhibition held at The Ian Potter Museum of Art, University of Melbourne, 14 December 2002 to 16 March 2003.
Publishing details: Parkville, Vic. : Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2002 
60 p. : ill. ;
De Leener Jules Pierre (Jan) (1873 - 1944) view full entry
Reference: From Australian Art Auction Records: Jules Pierre (Jan) De Leener was born in 1873 in Belgium. He married Teresa Watkins in 1902, so he must have arrived in Australia in his 20s. He was a contemporary of Henri Tebbitt and the two of them had a joint exhibition in Brisbane in 1914. He also worked with Neville Cayley. He was widely known in the Sydney, Newcastle and Lake Macquarie areas painting coastal and river scenes.
He is also believed to have also painted small scenes for pictures in the train carriages of the NSW Government Railways.
His works were exhibited in Wagga Wagga with the two artists mentioned above and were also sold by James Lawson in his auctions.
De Leener died in 1944 in Marrickville
Hearn Heathview full entry
Reference: see MORPHETS OF HARROGATE
, 7.6.18, lot 447, 2,000 GBP - 3,000 GBP: HEATH HEARN (b.1966), Across The Bay, moored shipping seen from the artist's window, oil on canvas, signed to lower right, 96cm x 116cm. See illustration Provenance: with Westcroft Gallery Kingsand, Cornwall Hearn was born in Derbyshire in 1966. He studied art in Australia before returning to the UK and Cornwall from where he draws much of his inspiration, his work has been compared to the St Ives School of the 1950s and 60s such as modernists Roger Hilton, and Ben Nicholson. He was hugely influenced by Peter Lanyon. Past solo exhibitions include Russell Gallery, London, Edgar Modern, Bath; Westcroft Gallery Cornwall, and others.
White Franklinview full entry
Reference: see MORPHETS OF HARROGATE
, 7.6.18, lot 473: FRANKLIN WHITE (1892-1975), Rock pools at low tide and figures, watercolour, signed to lower left, 17cm x 25.5cm Biography: White came to the UK from Australia in 1913 and later studied art at Slade School during the 1st World War he worked at the Admiralty before returning to the Slade and joining the teaching staff until his retirement in 1957. He then concentrated on the Samuel Palmer school of art which had been run at his home in Shoreham since the 1920s
Thomas George Grosvenor 1856-1923view full entry
Reference: see Carlton Gallery, Edinburgh, biography: George Grosvenor Thomas RSW (1856-1923) 
Born in Sydney, New South Wales he came to England as a young man and began painting when he came to Glasgow in 1885/6 and he met members of the Glasgow Boys. He painted both in oils and watercolours, landscapes and flower pieces and his work is influenced by Corot, Daubigny and the Barbizon School. On the continent he won gold medals at both Munich and Dresden. Although he lived in London and was a frequent overseas traveller, he is regarded as a peripheral member of the Glasgow Boys.
Elected RSW in 1892, he exhibited at RSA, RA, RSW, GI and L and overseas, and is represented in the Glasgow, Budapest and Weimar Art Galleries.
Vike Haraldview full entry
Reference: see Bauhaus on the Swan: Elise Blumann, an émigré artist in Western Australia,
1938-1948 by Sally Quin. Includes select bibliography, extensive biographical information. [’German artist Elise Blumann (1897–1990) arrived in Western Australia in 1938, having fled Nazi Germany in 1934. With her husband and two sons she set up home on the banks of the Swan River, and began to paint. Over the next ten years she produced a series of portraits set against the river and the Indian Ocean, and pursued an analysis of plant forms – the zamia palm, xanthorrhoea, banksia and the majestic melaleuca – to brilliant effect.
In this study Sally Quin traces Blumann’s formative student years in Berlin and her first decade in Australia, where the artist reinvented her working method in response to the intense light and colour of the local landscape. The challenges presented by this new physical environment resulted in bold and evocative interpretations of the land. Blumann was a conservative modernist, but the Perth art scene was not prepared for her expressive style, and when she exhibited for the first time in 1944 her art was met with bewilderment. The book considers attitudes to modernism in Perth, and the influence on local culture of European refugees and émigrés newly arrived in the city. Working in relative isolation and with little critical support, Blumann produced a striking body of work, which prefigured a flourishing of progressive art in Perth from the late 1940s. In the first major art historical study of the painter, Quin establishes Blumann as a significant figure in the story of Australian modernism.’]
Publishing details: University of WA,, 2015, pb, 160pp, with index.
Taylor David Phillips Foulkes view full entry
Reference: from ADB: Taylor, David Phillips Foulkes (1929–1966)
by Dorothy Erickson
This article was published in Australian Dictionary of Biography, Volume 16, (MUP), 2002
David Phillips Foulkes Taylor (1929-1966), furniture designer, was born on 23 June 1929 in Perth, eldest of five children of Douglas Charles Foulkes Taylor, an English-born pastoralist, and his wife Helen Rosemary Dorothy Blake, née Taylor, who was born in India. David was educated at Christ Church Grammar School, Perth, and Geelong Church of England Grammar School, Victoria, where he was exposed to the ideas of modernism by the art teacher Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack. While still at school he longed to travel, to live a Bohemian life in Paris, to mix with architects and to collect art, antiques and modern furniture.
In 1947 David Foulkes Taylor enrolled in architecture at Perth Technical College, but after a year left for London to study at the Central School of Arts and Crafts, Holborn. Holidays were spent hitchhiking on the Continent. He gained experience with Norman Potter, a furniture craftsman at Corsham, Wiltshire, before moving on to New York. Back in Perth in 1954, he began to design furniture. Three years later he visited Japan where, on 4 July 1957, he married Mary Attaway Lee, an American playwright and musician known as 'Maryat' Lee, whom he had met in London. After the wedding he returned to Perth, and his wife to the United States of America; they remained childless. The marriage was unconventional as they were to pursue their careers on different continents.
A promoter of modern design, Foulkes Taylor, as he was known, opened a showroom at his Crawley home in 1957. He displayed furniture made by noted European craftsmen, and also ceramics, glassware, pictures and imported fabrics. The Triangle Gallery, which he established at the same address in 1960, soon became a gathering spot for people interested in the arts. He commissioned the modernist architect Julius Elischer to design a purpose-built gallery at Nedlands. The new building, occupied in 1965, created a sculptural setting for imported pieces and the work of local artists and craftsmen.
Foulkes Taylor's own designs, while in the modernist tradition, were eclectic. Influenced by Scandinavian and English work, he was also interested in Japanese arts and crafts and American Shaker decorative arts. He collected early colonial furniture of Western Australia. Receiving commissions from individual clients and from architects to design or supply modern furniture, he was reliant on the ability of craftsmen to understand his concepts. He encouraged them to use jarrah, a local timber. His enthusiasm for the wood was shared by Joseph Pietrocola and Charles and Roy Catt, who made his later designs.
A committee-member (1955-57) of the Art Gallery Society, Foulkes Taylor was a member of the Weld Club, the Royal Freshwater Bay Yacht Club, the Fabian Society and the Australian Labor Party. He died of the effects of injuries received in a motorcar accident on 19 September 1966 at Woodside, Victoria, and was cremated with Baptist forms. His wife survived him. Robert Bell described him as having had 'a pervasive influence on the design of the ''new'' Perth of the 1960s'. In 1982 the Western Australian Institute of Technology staged an exhibition of modern design, The Foulkes Taylor Years.
Taylor David Phillips Foulkes view full entry
Reference: The Foulkes Taylor years : invitation exhibition. Author: Duffy, Pat, A.T.A.


Publishing details: Western Australian Institute of Technology, WAIT, 1982. 49 p. : ill. (some col.)
Ref: 1000
Korwill Marianne view full entry
Reference: see Bauhaus on the Swan: Elise Blumann, an émigré artist in Western Australia,
1938-1948 by Sally Quin. Includes select bibliography, extensive biographical information. [’German artist Elise Blumann (1897–1990) arrived in Western Australia in 1938, having fled Nazi Germany in 1934. With her husband and two sons she set up home on the banks of the Swan River, and began to paint. Over the next ten years she produced a series of portraits set against the river and the Indian Ocean, and pursued an analysis of plant forms – the zamia palm, xanthorrhoea, banksia and the majestic melaleuca – to brilliant effect.
In this study Sally Quin traces Blumann’s formative student years in Berlin and her first decade in Australia, where the artist reinvented her working method in response to the intense light and colour of the local landscape. The challenges presented by this new physical environment resulted in bold and evocative interpretations of the land. Blumann was a conservative modernist, but the Perth art scene was not prepared for her expressive style, and when she exhibited for the first time in 1944 her art was met with bewilderment. The book considers attitudes to modernism in Perth, and the influence on local culture of European refugees and émigrés newly arrived in the city. Working in relative isolation and with little critical support, Blumann produced a striking body of work, which prefigured a flourishing of progressive art in Perth from the late 1940s. In the first major art historical study of the painter, Quin establishes Blumann as a significant figure in the story of Australian modernism.’]
Publishing details: University of WA,, 2015, pb, 160pp, with index.
Krantz Harold architectview full entry
Reference: see Bauhaus on the Swan: Elise Blumann, an émigré artist in Western Australia,
1938-1948 by Sally Quin. Includes select bibliography, extensive biographical information. [’German artist Elise Blumann (1897–1990) arrived in Western Australia in 1938, having fled Nazi Germany in 1934. With her husband and two sons she set up home on the banks of the Swan River, and began to paint. Over the next ten years she produced a series of portraits set against the river and the Indian Ocean, and pursued an analysis of plant forms – the zamia palm, xanthorrhoea, banksia and the majestic melaleuca – to brilliant effect.
In this study Sally Quin traces Blumann’s formative student years in Berlin and her first decade in Australia, where the artist reinvented her working method in response to the intense light and colour of the local landscape. The challenges presented by this new physical environment resulted in bold and evocative interpretations of the land. Blumann was a conservative modernist, but the Perth art scene was not prepared for her expressive style, and when she exhibited for the first time in 1944 her art was met with bewilderment. The book considers attitudes to modernism in Perth, and the influence on local culture of European refugees and émigrés newly arrived in the city. Working in relative isolation and with little critical support, Blumann produced a striking body of work, which prefigured a flourishing of progressive art in Perth from the late 1940s. In the first major art historical study of the painter, Quin establishes Blumann as a significant figure in the story of Australian modernism.’]
Publishing details: University of WA,, 2015, pb, 160pp, with index.
McClintock Herbertview full entry
Reference: see Bauhaus on the Swan: Elise Blumann, an émigré artist in Western Australia,
1938-1948 by Sally Quin. Includes select bibliography, extensive biographical information. [’German artist Elise Blumann (1897–1990) arrived in Western Australia in 1938, having fled Nazi Germany in 1934. With her husband and two sons she set up home on the banks of the Swan River, and began to paint. Over the next ten years she produced a series of portraits set against the river and the Indian Ocean, and pursued an analysis of plant forms – the zamia palm, xanthorrhoea, banksia and the majestic melaleuca – to brilliant effect.
In this study Sally Quin traces Blumann’s formative student years in Berlin and her first decade in Australia, where the artist reinvented her working method in response to the intense light and colour of the local landscape. The challenges presented by this new physical environment resulted in bold and evocative interpretations of the land. Blumann was a conservative modernist, but the Perth art scene was not prepared for her expressive style, and when she exhibited for the first time in 1944 her art was met with bewilderment. The book considers attitudes to modernism in Perth, and the influence on local culture of European refugees and émigrés newly arrived in the city. Working in relative isolation and with little critical support, Blumann produced a striking body of work, which prefigured a flourishing of progressive art in Perth from the late 1940s. In the first major art historical study of the painter, Quin establishes Blumann as a significant figure in the story of Australian modernism.’]
Publishing details: University of WA,, 2015, pb, 160pp, with index.
Eyre Johnview full entry
Reference: see Hordern House catalogue May 2018: Botany Bay Harbour, in New South Wales: with a View of the Heads; A Native Camp in Cockle Bay, New South Wales, with a View of Parramatta River; View of a Part of the Town of Parramatta in New South Wales Taken from the North Side of the River.
[WEST, Absalom, Publisher, after John EYRE].
Sydney: Absalom West, 30 November 1812.
Three engravings, each 275 x 405 mm.; good impressions, each complete with all caption details, each mounted.
The first views published in Australia

Three fine and exceedingly rare views from the series published by Absalom West, one of the most fascinating and enigmatic projects of the Macquarie era. The present group comprises three West Views, all based on originals by the artist John Eyre, and including the very first view of the series, depicting the Heads at Botany Bay, as well as a dramatic scene in Cockle Bay (at what would now be the furthest reach of Darling Harbour), and an intriguing scene of Parramatta under heavy development. All are taken from the First Series of Views dated 30 November 1812, although known not to have been actually offered for sale until January 1813.
West was a successful emancipist businessman and very well-connected, associating with everyone from William Bligh to John Lewin, and particularly friendly with the artists John Eyre and Richard Browne. West clearly had great vision as a promoter and organiser, able to imagine a vast project which relied equally on the artistic skills of some of his close friends and on the technical ability of the two newly arrived convict artisans who prepared all of the plates, Walter Preston and Philip Slaeger.
Although West's Views are much studied, and despite their acknowledged significance in terms of the development of home-grown artistic publishing, they remain something of a mystery. Indeed, on paper, it is difficult to think of a more unlikely project: West, who had only been given his ticket-of leave in 1810 after a 14-year stint as a convict brewer, suddenly announces, without notice or much fanfare, that he will be publishing a series of large-format views of New South Wales, to be sold at his pub at the end of the road to Dawe's Point, the "Blue Lion Inn".
Whatever the genesis of the project, it is not overstating the case to say that West revolutionised the visual history of the Colony. In terms of separately issued landscape views, the only real precursors to his work are those of William Standen Blake (1802) and Francis Jukes (1804). Of course, West's work also relates to several of the important illustrated books of the era, notably those of Governor Phillip (1789), John Hunter (1793), David Collins (1798 &1802) and, most significantly, David Dickenson Mann's work The Present Picture of New South Wales (1811), which published views after John Eyre; all of these of course were published in London.
Such a list of precursors might tend to obscure the true importance of West's work: the views of Blake and Jukes, and all of the early books, were published in London, at the heart of the English-speaking world and one of the great global publishing hubs. In Sydney, West and his confrères had none of the advantages of working in London: to the contrary, one of the few contemporary notices of the project stressed that their press had been constructed by a workman "who had never before seen such a machine" (quoted in Butler, Printed, p. 26). The fact that West was successful is an indication that very few of the English-published prints made it to Australia. More significant still, no English project of the era had anywhere near the audacious scale of West's work.
The views are therefore the earliest locally-printed views of Australia and are now recognised as emblematic of a new artistic spirit in the Colony: in Roger Butler's historical survey of early Australian printing, for example, West's work takes pride of place alongside the equally rare Lewin's Birds of New South Wales (1813). Not only are the engravings of remarkable beauty and historical importance, any examples of West's work are only very rarely offered for sale.
[A fuller description is available on request]

Provenance: Two prints (<em>Cockle Bay </em>and <em>Town of Parramatta</em>) from the private collection of Mr Owen Esmond Friend, exhibited at the Royal Australian Historical Society, 1943 no. 36, and then by descent.
ADB; Roger Butler, Printed, pp. 24-44; Colonial Secretary Papers; DAAO; Richard Neville, John Lewin, pp. 180-187; Trove.
Bock Thomasview full entry
Reference: Thomas Bock. This catalogue accompanies the Thomas Bock exhibition at Ikon Gallery, Birmingham, UK, and at the Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, in 2018. Includes essays by Hamish Maxwell-Stewart, Professor of Social History at the University of Tasmania; Gaye Sculthorpe, Curator and Section Head of Oceania at the British Museum and Jane Stewart, Principal Curator at the Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery.
Publishing details: Ikon Gallery, Birmingham, UK, and TMAG, 2018, pb, 104pp.
Nolan Sidneyview full entry
Reference: This catalogue accompanies the exhibition by Australian born artist Sidney Nolan. This exhibition, part of a nationwide programme presented by the Sidney Nolan Trust to celebrate the centenary of Nolan’s birth, brings to light a selection of extraordinary spray painted portraits dating from the 1980s.
This catalogue includes texts by Jane Clark and Ian Henderson.
Publishing details: Ikon Gallery, Birmingham, UK
Ref: 1000
Johnson Timview full entry
Reference: Tim Johnson - The Luminescent Ground. This catalogue accompanies The Luminescent Ground Tim Johnson’s exhibition of work at Ikon Gallery.
Surveying his work for the first time in Europe, this catalogue traces his evolution since his arrival on the Australian art scene in the 1970s. From early installation photography, text pieces and videos through to his collaborative paintings, Johnson’s work is far reaching, wide in references and influences.

Publishing details: Ikon Gallery, Birmingham, UK, Paperback, colour and black and white illustrations,72 pages.
Ref: 1000
Lye Lenview full entry
Reference: Len Lye: The Body Electric
This Ikon publication accompanies the first Len Lye retrospective. The catalogue draws upon his wide practice from his early paintings and photograms through to his colourful, vibrant films and wild kinetic sculptures. Also features an essay by Tyler Cann.
Publishing details: Ikon Gallery, Birmingham, UK. Paperback, colour and black and white illustrations, 22 pages.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal Artview full entry
Reference: The Importance of Being Anachronistic: Contemporary Aboriginal Art and Museum Reparations
The Importance of Being Anachronistic: Contemporary Aboriginal Art and Museum Reparations focuses on the role of time in contemporary art and introduces anachrony as a method for subverting the colonial archive.
Publishing details: Ikon Gallery, Birmingham, UK.
Ref: 1000
Sainthill Loudonview full entry
Reference: Ballet Rambert : the tour of Australia and New Zealand, 1947-1948. Edited by Tatlock Miller; photographed by Alec Murray; designed and decorated by Loudon Sainthill. Illustrated throughout with b/w photographic plates and several of Loudon Sainthill’s set designs in colour.
Publishing details: Sydney : Craftsman Bookshop, [1947]. Large quarto, pictorial wrappers, staple bound, [50] pp,
Ref: 1000
Eucalypt Flowersview full entry
Reference: Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
botanical artview full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Angas George French 1822-1886view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Austen Richard active 1870sview full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Baker Richard Thomas 1854-1941view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Barley Anita Miriam b1955view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Baron Henry John Allcock 1863-`948view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Barrett H active 1880sview full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Bauer Ferdinand 1760-1826view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Black Lauren b1971view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Blythe Robert 18th centuryview full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Boyd Emma Minnie 1858-1936view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Cooper Duncan Elphinstone 1813-4 - 1904view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Dien Claude-Marie-Francois 1787-1865view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Earle Augustus 1793-1818view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Fenton G C 19th centuryview full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Fereday Susan 1818-1878view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
FitzGerald Robert David 1830-1892view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Fiveash Rosa Catherine 1854-1938view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Flockton Margaret 1861-1953view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Forster Adam 1848-1928view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Gill Samuel Thomas 1818-1880view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Gostelow Ebenezer Edward 1866-1944view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Graham Harold John 1858-1929view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Heysen Willhelm Ernst Hans Franz (Hans) 1877-1968view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Hubert Francois 1744-1809view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Lindsay Lionel 1874-1961view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Lycett Joseph c1775-1828view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Martens Conrad 1801-78view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
McCormish Ida 1885-1978view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Meredith Louisa Anne 1812-95view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Minchen Edward William 1852-1913view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Nodder Frederick Polydore c1751-c1800view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Parkinson Sydney c1745-1771view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Plee Francois active 1812-1864view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Poiteau Pierre-Antoine 1766-1854view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Raper George c1768-1797view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Redoute Piere-Joseph 1759-1840 Frenchview full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Rowan Ellis 1848-1922view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Schoenfeld Frederich c1810-1868view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Smith Edwin Dalton 1800-1866view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Sowerby James 1757-1822view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Stones Margaret b1920view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Tyroff Hermann Jakob 1742-c1800 Germanview full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Todt Emil c1810-1900view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
von Guerard Eugene 1811-1901view full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
Watts J 19th centuryview full entry
Reference: see Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.
von Guerard Eugeneview full entry
Reference: The Artist as Traveller: the sketchbooks of Eugene von Guérard. by Ruth Pullin. [’The Artist as Traveller: the sketchbooks of Eugene von Guérard retraces the momentous journeys that shaped von Guérard’s career, from 1834 to 1900, through the lens of his sketchbooks. Rediscovered drawings from sketchbooks thought missing are brought to light, the narratives of his expeditions feature never-before-translated diary entries and his late career is revealed in his little-known English sketchbooks. Like graphic travelogues, these sketchbooks contain von Guérard’s direct and most immediate responses to people and places, as well as detailed and exquisitely finished studies and drawings that were the foundation of his studio practice.
 
Eugene von Guérard’s sketchbooks were his most personal and treasured possessions. This book presents a new and intimate view of one of Australia’s greatest and most adventurous landscape painters.’]
Publishing details: Ballarat Art Gallery, 2018, 324 pages, hardcover with dust jacket, includes index.
Shannon Michael view full entry
Reference: Michael Shannon: Australian Romantic Realist, forward by Gordon Morrison, essays by Elizabeth Cross and Gordion Morrison, Ronald Millar, Patrick McCaughey. Includes list of sketchbooks and bibliography.

[’Michael Shannon was an artist whose work ran against the currents of trend and fashion, and as a consequence his paintings and drawings have fallen into obscurity a quarter of a century after his early death. This catalogue and the exhibition that it accompanied sought to rekindle interest in the man described by critic Patrick McCaughey as Australia’s ‘only card carrying Romantic  Realist’ – a friend of Jeffrey Smart, Fred Williams and John Brack.’]
 

Publishing details: Ballarat Art Gallery, 2011, hc, 135pp
Moynihan Danielview full entry
Reference: THE ART OF DANIEL MOYNIHAN: PRINTMAKING 1966-2016

[’An artist with a totemic fascination for the Thylacine. For Daniel Moynihan that Tasmanian Tiger has become a personal emblem. This catalogue acompanied the exhibition The Art of Daniel Moynihan: Printmaking 1966-2016 and includes essays by Kenneth Wach and Loris Button that explore the motivation behind Moynihan’s highly individualistic and engaging imagery.’]

Publishing details: Ballarat Art Gallery, 56 pages, 20.5 x 20.5cm, softcover,
Ref: 1009
Capturing Floraview full entry
Reference: Capturing Flora Diary. [’A gorgeous book of days for use as a perpetual diary: birthdays, anniversaries annual events, all can be entered in the week-by-week pages.
Produced in association with the exhibition Capturing Flora: 300 years of Australian botanical art this diary is richly illustrated with prints of Australian flora.’]
Publishing details: Ballarat Art Gallery, 2012.
Ref: 1000
Vignetteview full entry
Reference: Vignette
[’A visual documentation of four artists who have taken the natural world as their inspiration. Vignettes takes the art of Natural History to a new level of symbolism and beauty. Vignettes features the work of John Pastoriza-Pinol, Amanda Ahmed, Mali Moir and Sandra Severgnini.’]
 

Publishing details: Ballarat Art Gallery, 2015, pb, 50 pages.
Ahmed Amanda view full entry
Reference: see Vignettes

[’A visual documentation of four artists who have taken the natural world as their inspiration. Vignettes takes the art of Natural History to a new level of symbolism and beauty. Vignettes features the work of John Pastoriza-Pinol, Amanda Ahmed, Mali Moir and Sandra Severgnini.’]
 

Publishing details: Ballarat Art Gallery, 50 pages,
Moir Mali view full entry
Reference: see Vignettes

[’A visual documentation of four artists who have taken the natural world as their inspiration. Vignettes takes the art of Natural History to a new level of symbolism and beauty. Vignettes features the work of John Pastoriza-Pinol, Amanda Ahmed, Mali Moir and Sandra Severgnini.’]
 

Publishing details: Ballarat Art Gallery, 50 pages,
Severgnini Sandra view full entry
Reference: see Vignettes

[’A visual documentation of four artists who have taken the natural world as their inspiration. Vignettes takes the art of Natural History to a new level of symbolism and beauty. Vignettes features the work of John Pastoriza-Pinol, Amanda Ahmed, Mali Moir and Sandra Severgnini.’]
 

Publishing details: Ballarat Art Gallery, 50 pages,
Pastoriza-Pinol Johnview full entry
Reference: see Vignettes

[’A visual documentation of four artists who have taken the natural world as their inspiration. Vignettes takes the art of Natural History to a new level of symbolism and beauty. Vignettes features the work of John Pastoriza-Pinol, Amanda Ahmed, Mali Moir and Sandra Severgnini.’]
 

Publishing details: Ballarat Art Gallery, 50 pages,
von Guerard Eugeneview full entry
Reference: Lieber Freund!

[’Published as a companion volume to Ruth Pullin, The Artist as Traveller: the sketchbooks of Eugene von Guérard and in association with the exhibition: Eugene von Guérard: Artist-Traveller, Art Gallery of Ballarat, this book makes available, for the first time in English translation, a series of letters from the major Australian landscape painter, von Guérard, to Julius von Haast, geologist and founding director of the Canterbury Museum, Christchurch, New Zealand.

Publishing details: Ballarat Art Gallery, 2018, 84 pages, 288 x 240 mm, soft cover, ISBN: 978-0-6481621-6-2
Hiscock Michelleview full entry
Reference: Michelle Hiscock - Australian Galleries invite with 11 colour illustrations and 1-page artist’s statement.
Publishing details: Australian Galleries, 2018, 8-page folding card, with price list inserted.
Ref: 106
Jenkins Marjorieview full entry
Reference: see HANSONS AUCTIONEERS AND VALUERS, UK, 19 June, 2018, lot 508: Marjorie Jenkins (fl.1940), Orchard, oil on board, signed, 20cm x 15cm, framed Note: examples of her work appear in the collection of New South Wales Art Gallery, Australia
Jenkins Marjorieview full entry
Reference: AGNSW has a portrait by Jenkins of John Passmore. Gives reference: Anne Kirker and Peter Tomory, British painting 1800–1990 in Australian and New Zealand public collections, Sydney, 1997, 112. cat.no. 1116
Jenkins Marjorieview full entry
Reference: A portrait of artist Jenkins by John Passmore sold at Deutscher and Hackett mportant Australian and International Fine Art, SYDNEY, 13 September 2016:

105
JOHN PASSMORE
(1904 – 1984)
PORTRAIT OF MARJORIE JENKINS, c.1946
oil on canvas
49.5 x 34.5 cm
ESTIMATE: 
$3,500 – 4,500

PROVENANCE
Acquired directly from the artist
Estate of Marjorie Jenkins, United Kingdom
Thence by descent
Private collection, United Kingdom
Grimshaw John Atkinson Melbourneview full entry
Reference: see Sothebt’s, London, 12 July, 2018, lot 61: Atkinson Grimshaw (1836 - 1893, Swanston Street, Melbourne. oil on canvas
Dimensions: 45.5 by 68.5cm., 18 by 27in.
Medium: oil on canvas
Condition Report: This picture is unlined and in very good condition. The canvas is a little slack and would benefit from being tightened. There are localised areas of very fine craquelure on the buildings but this is only visible upon very close inspection. UNDER ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT There is scattered flecked retouching across the picture which appears to have been made to infill craquelure. FRAME The picture is contained in a moulded gilt frame.
"In response to your inquiry, we are pleased to provide you with a general report of the condition of the property described above. Since we are not professional conservators or restorers, we urge you to consult with a restorer or conservator of your choice who will be better able to provide a detailed, professional report. Prospective buyers should inspect each lot to satisfy themselves as to condition and must understand that any statement made by Sotheby's is merely a subjective, qualified opinion. Prospective buyers should also refer to any Important Notices regarding this sale, which are printed in the Sale Catalogue.
NOTWITHSTANDING THIS REPORT OR ANY DISCUSSIONS CONCERNING A LOT, ALL LOTS ARE OFFERED AND SOLD AS IS" IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONDITIONS OF BUSINESS PRINTED IN THE SALE CATALOGUE."
Provenance: Commissioned by the proprietors of the Athenaeum Club, Collins Street, Melbourne;
Joshua McClelland Print Room, Melbourne, 30 July 1970;
Private collection, Melbourne and thence by descent to Dr. Anthony Brady, Melbourne by whom sold, Mossgreen, Melbourne, 24 June 2014, lot 21, and purchased by the present owner.
Publishing details: Mossgreen, 2014
Glen Harrietview full entry
Reference: see DIX NOONAN WEBB auction 26 June, 2018, lots 38 39:and A 9ct gold horse pendant, by Harriet Glen, the realistically modelled horse head with sapphire eye, within a stirrup frame, hallmarked and bearing maker’s mark ‘H.G’, suspended on a belcher-link chain necklace, pendant length 28mm. £120-180

and
A 9ct gold brooch of ‘boxing hares’, by Harriet Glen, realistically modelled, the hares with sapphire eyes, on textured base, bearing maker’s mark ‘HG’ and hallmarked for London, 1996, with maker’s box, width 3.2cm. £150-200

Harriet Glen is an award winning artist, sculptor and jeweller, now based in Dorchester, Dorset. Previously Lady Champion Jockey of New South Wales, she was brought up in Australia and studied art. Harriet’s creations in jewellery and sculpture specialise in realistically modelled horses and equestrian themes and wildlife subjects.
In Your Face!view full entry
Reference: In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
cartoons in Australiaview full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Molnar George p86view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Horacek Judy p115view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Leishman Kerry p114view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Gill S T p28view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Chevalier Nicholas p 28 39view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Carrington Francis Thomas Dean ‘Tom’ p 39-52view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Jenny Rudolf and Tom Carrington p 39-40view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Durkin Tom p50view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Abbott C A p 53 view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Bulletin cartoonists view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Low David p64view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Dyson Will p70view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Finey George p70view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Counihan Noel p81view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Dyson Edward Ambrose p82view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Thake Eric p86view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Lindesay Vane p90view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Tanner Les p94-6view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Amor Rick p90-91view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Tandberg Ron p 98view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Nicholson Peter p98 -104view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Ditchburn John Ditchy p98-9view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Haddon George p106view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Green William E WEG p106view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
WEG Green William E p106view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Leunig Michael p106view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
Spooner John p124view full entry
Reference: see In your face : cartoons about politics and society 1760 - 2010 / [authors Gordon Morrison, Anne Rowland]. Biographical information on Australian cartoonists within the text.

[’Celebrates the tradition of making social and political comment in the form of the cartoon and caricature about current affairs, a tradition that goes back many centuries but has been at its most vibrant since mass circulation printing became commonplace in the late 18th century.’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Ballarat, c2010 
143 p. : ill.
de Lisle Gordon photographerview full entry
Reference: see Joels auction: Wednesday 13 Jun 2018. Six photographs including:

Lot 3020. GORDON DE LISLE (1923-2002)
From the Set of 'On the Beach' 1959
Fred Astaire in Farrari- Phillip Island
silver bromide photograph
stamped verso with Gordon De Lisle, stamped and negative cat. no. 2/4
20.5 x 25.5cm
Hemy Bernard Benedict and familyview full entry
Reference: see Jasper52 Auctions, NY 10013, lot 37, 21 June 2108: Antique Shipping Scene on the Tyne River, by Bernard B.Hemy. This artist didn’t just love painting, he loved the bustling everyday marine activity that took place near the mouth of the Tyne River, in the north of England near Newcastle. His realistic and skillful portrayals of these scenes document the life and atmosphere that he observed apparently on nearly a daily basis from around 1875 until his death in 1913. Bernard Benedict Hemy was the youngest brother to two other Hemy marine painters. It is generally believed that the family lived in Australia for a few years. Bernard became a seaman for a time, taking up painting seriously only after first considering a life in the priesthood. He exhibited a few paintings in London early in his career, but then, apparently unwilling to travel far from the family home in Newcastle, he concentrated on venues in and around his local area, including the Bewick Club and other well-known galleries. (The northeast coast of England has long attracted artists for its unique light, including the Staithes group of painters. In fact, as early as 1843 a Government School of Design was established in Newcastle.) A full-page illustration of one of Hemy’s works appears in the iconic reference by Denys Brook-Hart, “British 19th Century Marine Painting.” This fine painting is typical of the artist’s work with its expansive view of the somewhat chaotic shipping activity around Newcastle, though it is larger than most. The combination of steam and sail ships in the gray-green waters is an indicator of the late-19th century time period. For perspective, contrast and balance, Hemy placed, as he often did, a pair of fishermen working out of their dory, the small and narrow boat on the right. The painting is signed on the lower left. Hemy is known for his extensive use of broad brush strokes to depict not only the water and swells, but also the sky. This depiction of the mouth of the Tyne shows this intimate relationship between the elements of water and sky. I can attest that in this part of England, the sea really is this color, which he so faithfully rendered. The bright blue sky is filled with billowing clouds; a perfect day to capture the vibrant scene. The painting is housed in its original Victorian 19th century gesso and gilded frame. This substantial frame has ribbon-like embellishments on its deeply molded edge, as well as shell motifs in each corner. The condition of the painting is excellent. I have had it professionally cleaned. The frame is also in excellent condition. It measures 39-3/4 inches wide by 29-1/2 inches high, including the frame.
Halhed Harriet view full entry
Reference: see Shapiro auction, 19 June, 2018, lot 124: Harriet Halhed (1851-1933)
Portrait of a Young Woman with Blossoms, 1877, oil on canvas, signed and dated l.l.c. 'Halhed, 1877', 57.5 x 32.5 cm
PROVENANCE: Sotheby's Australia, The Collection of Mr & Mrs Rene Rivkin, Sydney, 03/06/2001, Lot No. 32, Private Collection, Sydney
LABELS: Born in Australia Halhed moved to England and studied under Sidney Cooper in Canterbury and Louis Deschamps Paris. She was a member of the School of Seven Oaks and an Associate of Society of Women Artists from 1896
Bergner Yosl view full entry
Reference: Yosl Bergner : Journey

Publishing details: Tel Aviv : Bineth Gallery, 2003. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, English and Hebrew printed dos-a-dos, pp 62
Ref: 1000
Perceval Johnview full entry
Reference: John Perceval. The formative years and the present
Publishing details: Melbourne : Gould Galleries, 1988. Exhibition catalogue, A4 size, tri-fold, accompanied by price list.
Ref: 1000
Drawing and drawings in Australiaview full entry
Reference: Drawing and drawings in Australia (deluxe edition of the Art in Australia number)

Publishing details: Sydney : Art in Australia, 1937. Quarto, boards pp. 124, illustrated. Limited to 50 copies signed by Lionel Lindsay
Ref: 1000
Leti Brunoview full entry
Reference: Bruno Leti - 74 drawings Milano 1982. Small paintings 1995

Publishing details: Melbourne : the artist, 2015. Duodecimo, papered boards, pp. 155, illustrated. A series of drawings Leti made in Milan in 1982, presented alongside a companion series of paintings completed in 1995. The comparison shows Leti’s movement from expressionism to abstraction. Limited to 8 copies
Ref: 1000
Letti Brunoview full entry
Reference: Photographic abstractions : the sense of things
A fine art book made by Bruno Leti in a very small run of only 10 copies, signed and numbered by the artist. Unrecorded in Australian collections
Publishing details: [Melbourne : the artist, 2013]. Quarto, silk over boards bound by Wolfgang Schaefer, unpaginated, essay and photographs by Bruno Leti.
Ref: 1000
Leti Brunoview full entry
Reference: Photographic abstractions : the sense of things
A fine art book made by Bruno Leti in a very small run of only 10 copies, signed and numbered by the artist. Unrecorded in Australian collections
Publishing details: [Melbourne : the artist, 2013]. Quarto, silk over boards bound by Wolfgang Schaefer, unpaginated, essay and photographs by Bruno Leti.
Ref: 1000
Leti Brunoview full entry
Reference: The colour of poetry. Thank you to Matthew Arnold 1822 – 1888
“Matthew Arnold’s book of selected poems has served as the ‘support’ for the hand-painted artwork within it. Words and colours are combined with selected ‘lines’ left in …
Publishing details: Melbourne : the artist, 2017. Octavo, silver-lettered black cloth, pp. 74, being poetry of Arnold with overpainted designs by Leti. Limited to 20 copies signed by Bruno Leti.
Ref: 1000
Lister Anthonyview full entry
Reference: Sketchbook
Brisbane-born street artist Anthony Lister quickly shot to fame in the mid-2000s as a leading force in a new group of contemporary art-makers working outside the traditional gallery system. Lister employs the medium of graffiti, spraypaint, stencilling and assemblage to create works which are urban in character yet still retain formal structures of composition and draughtsmanship. Much of Lister’s work relates to popular culture – comic books, super-heros, computer games and costume.
Lister lives in New York and exhibits internationally. His work is widely collected privately as well as institutions such as the National Gallery of Australia.
Printed in an edition of 2000 copies.
Read More

Publishing details: [Melbourne : Black Art Projects, 2013]. Oblong octavo (145 x 213 mm) black cloth bound boards, pp. [192], reproducing drawings from Anthony Lister’s sketchbooks from 2002 – 2012.
Ref: 1000
Bergner Yosl view full entry
Reference: Paintings of Toys [Yosl Bergner was an important member of the Angry Penguins circle in Melbourne in the 1930s and 1940s.]
Publishing details: Tel Aviv : Bineth Gallery, 1977. Quarto, illustrated wrappers (slightly marked), signed in pen by artist on title page, 32 pp. illustrated, catalogue, English and Hebrew printed dos-a-dos.
Ref: 1000
Anne McCormick 1985 catalogueview full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Ref: 88
Hordern Houseview full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Fowles Joseph Sydney in 1848 in 20 parts with descriptionview full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Brodie Turner & Henderson photographers album of 50 photographsview full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Fernyhough William Henry 1809-1849 11 lithographsview full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Mason Walter artist arrived Australia 1853 p20, p48view full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Terry F C Australian Keepsake 1855view full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Sands and Kenny Australian Keepsake 1855view full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Hoddle Robert drawing 1836view full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Gill S T Cricket Match litho 1857view full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Westall William 1781-1850 Views of Australian Sceneryview full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Angas G F South Australia Illustratedview full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Walker Annie artist F Flowers of NSW 1887 view full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Eyre John 4 views of Sydneyview full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Lewin John William suite of 26 watercoloursview full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Taylor Major James litho Sydney Harbour French edition 1824view full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Russell Robert watercolour of Melbourne 1837?view full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Parkinson Sydney Voyage to the South Seasview full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Nicol Gordon Dalrymple illuminator of The Bush My Lover 1924view full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Sweet Robert Flora Australasica 1827-28view full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Angas G F Gold Field of Ophir published 1851view full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Gill S T Australian Sketchbook published 1865view full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Lycett Joseph litho of Hobart 1823view full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Tulloch David Gold Diggings of Victoria published 1852view full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Brierly Oswald lithograph of The Wanderer c1850view full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Woolner Thomas 1825-1892 portrait of Octavius Browneview full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included, portrait of Octavius Browne.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Wendel Robert artist of Troedel’s The New South Wales Album 1878view full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Troedel Charles The New South Wales Album 1878view full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Troedel Charles The New South Wales Album 1878view full entry
Reference: Anne McCormick 1985 catalogue - Rare Books, Paintings and Prints [later Hordern House]. 71 items listed and described with illustrations. Biographical information included.
Publishing details: Anne McCormick 1985, pb, 70pp
Artists Book The - Portrait Artists Australiaview full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.


Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Ahmad Rizwanaview full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.


Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Armstrong Coralie view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Aura Cristina view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Baird Bob view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Ballis Julie view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Barden Elizabeth view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Beardmore Joy view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Beck Louise view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Benson Terry view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Besly Bryan view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Blight Jacquie view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Brown Stephanie view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Brownlie Judy view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Buttitta Filippa view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Cabello Miriam view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Callum Marcus view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Cameron-Roberts Shirley view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Cape Ann view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Chant Eva view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Ciemitis Peter view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Close Yve view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Craig Beverley view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Crisp Leeanne view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Crusca Irene view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Davies Beverley view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Davies Sinead view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Desjardins Yolanta view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Devenport Susie view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Edelsten Rodney view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Edwards Frances Helen view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Erbsland Angelika view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Falk Vivian view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Farquharson Constance view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Fedele Rosa view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Gilbert-Ng Penelope view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Gough Margot view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Grantford Jacqueline view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Herz-Murray Eva view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Hona Regina view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Hoyer Janet Cobbview full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Hutchings Julie view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Ifould Polly view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Irving Pamela view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Jackson Dee view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Johnson Judith view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
King Di view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Knox Fiona view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Kolozsy Alex Sandor view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Korduba Jeanette view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Landa Val view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Landerd Janis view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Lemon Josefia view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Liddell Neil view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Longhurst Kathrin view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Lott Christine view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Marshall Peter H. view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
McInnis Kerry view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Morton Ann view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Naomi Nafisa view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Newton Paul view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
O'Conal-Prinz Judith view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
O'Shea Lesley view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Oxley Kevin view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Pennefather Judy view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Ploeg Evert view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Rees David view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Robinson Sally view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Ross Robyn view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Ryan Sally view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Scherf Pamela view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Sevelson Jules view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Sharp Raelene view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Shelley Lesley view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Shen Jiawei view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Sheppard Wendy-Jane view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Smeeth Peter view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Smoker Kathy view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Somers Greg view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Stanton-Werkhoven Robyn view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Stewart Jodi view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Strangeways Al view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Taylor Sue view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Thomas Avril view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
White Doffy view full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Woodley Graham Whiteview full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports
Australians at Homeview full entry
Reference: Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437. [to be indexed fully]
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

Haddon Robert arts and crafts architectview full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

a Beckett Emma Minnieview full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

Boyd Emma Minnieview full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

Abrahams Louis and wife Golda Braschview full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

architecture in Australiaview full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

Arts and Crafts in Australiaview full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

Boyd familyview full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

Brierly Oswald p232 369view full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

Boyes G T W B p62 106 143 241view full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

Carse J H self portrait? description of interiorview full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

Chevalier Nicholas p125-6 232 284view full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

Conder Charles p46 216 257view full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

Cooke A C watercolour p155-6, 209view full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

furnishings in Australiaview full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

interior design in Australiaview full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

decoration in Australiaview full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

Earle Augustus p7 62view full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

Findon’s Picture Gallery p209view full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

Bicknell A C p 209-210view full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

Fuller Florence p245-6view full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

Rives B F K watercolourview full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

Check Joseph attrib. watercoloursview full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

Garling Frederick Jnr p 62 98view full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

Gilkes Arthur p42 46 49 view full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.

von Guerard Eugene p23 87 88view full entry
Reference: see Australians at home : a documentary history of Australian domestic interiors from 1788 to 1914 by Terence Lane & Jessie Serle; introduction by Jessie Serle. Fifteen chapters. Bibliography: p. 433-435. Glossary p437.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1990, xiii, 449 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. Includes index.


First | Previous | Record 88051 – 89050 of 158397 | Next | Last